Professional Documents
Culture Documents
8) The number of protons and neutrons in the nucleus of a given atom is called the atomic number.
Answer: FALSE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 2-3
9) Isotopes have different atomic number (Z) but the same mass number (A).
Answer: FALSE
Diff: 2 Type: TF
Reference: Section 2-4
1
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
10) The vertical columns in the periodic table of the elements are called groups.
Answer: TRUE
Diff: 2 Type: TF
Reference: Section 2-6
11) A 25 g sample of sugar is found to contain 51.4% oxygen by mass. Another 250 g sample of the
same sugar is also 51.4% oxygen by mass. This is consistent with the:
A) law of conservation of mass
B) law of constant composition
C) law of multiple proportions
D) first assumption of Dalton's atomic theory
E) second assumption of Dalton's theory
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 2-1
12) When a chemical reaction is carried out in a sealed container, the substances may change in color,
temperature, or state, but no change in mass is detected. This is evidence of the:
A) law of conservation of mass
B) law of constant composition
C) law of definite proportions
D) existence of electrons
E) existence of protons
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 2-1
13) When decomposed chemically, 73.0 grams of a sample of HCl produce 71.0 g of Cl 2 and 2.0 g of
H2, while 34.0 g of a sample of H2S produce 32.0 g of S and 2.0 g of H2. This is an example of the
Law:
A) of Conservation of Mass
B) of Multiple Proportions
C) of Definite Proportions
D) E = mc2
E) of Simple Whole Numbers
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 2-1
2
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
15) A 0.920-gram sample of magnesium is allowed to burn in 0.321 g of oxygen gas. The sole product
is magnesium oxide. After the reaction, no oxygen remains and 0.809 g of magnesium oxide has been
formed. What mass of magnesium is left unreacted?
A) 0.210 g
B) 0.432 g
C) 1.408 g
D) 0.111 g
E) 0.488 g
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 2-1
16) Dalton's atomic theory is based on several assumptions, which are listed below. Which of these
assumptions is strictly correct?
I) All atoms of the same element are identical.
II) Atoms are indivisible and unchangeable.
III) Chemical changes are the result of the combination, separation, and rearrangement of atoms.
A) I, II, and III are correct.
B) I and III are correct.
C) II and III are correct.
D) I and II are correct.
E) III is correct.
Answer: E
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 2-1
3
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
19) Which of the following would be unaffected by an electric field?
A) alpha particles
B) beta particles
C) gamma rays
D) protons
E) electrons
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 2-2
21) Which of the following is a correct feature of the nuclear atom proposed by Rutherford?
A) All atoms of an element have the same mass.
B) The atom is mostly empty space.
C) The number of neutrons and electrons in the atom are equal.
D) The majority of alpha particles to strike the foil "bounced back."
E) It is like the "plum pudding" model.
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 2-3
4
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
23) Ernest Rutherford is credited with:
I) the nuclear model of the atom
II) the identification of alpha and beta particles
III) the discovery of protons
IV) the prediction of a third, neutral, subatomic particle
A) I and II
B) I and III
C) I, II, III
D) II, III, IV
E) I, II, III, IV
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 2-3
25) What is the mass number of the most abundant form of oxygen atom?
A) 15.9994
B) 8
C) 16
D) 24
E) 32
Answer: C
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 2-4
26) Which of these atoms has the greatest number of neutrons in its nucleus?
A) 56
25 Mn
B) 57
27 Co
55 Fe
C) 27
D) 56
28 Ni
28Si
E) 14
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 2-4
5
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
27) Choose the information a mass spectrometer is unable to provide.
A) the relative abundance of two isotopes of potassium
B) the number of protons in potassium
C) the atomic mass of a single isotope of potassium
D) the mass of a proton
E) the number of stable isotopes of potassium
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 2-4
28) A species that differs in charge from another atom of the same element:
I) is called an isotope
II) has more or less neutrons
III) has lost or gained electrons
IV) is called an ion
V) has the same number of protons
A) I and II
B) I and III
C) II and IV
D) III and IV
E) III, IV, V
Answer: E
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 2-4
29) Which of the following statements is true concerning the masses of individual Cl atoms?
A) All atoms have a mass of 35.45 u.
B) Most of the atoms have a mass of 35.45 u.
C) Some of the atoms have a mass of 35.45 u.
D) None of the atoms have a mass of 35.45 u.
E) All atoms have a mass of 17 u.
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 2-5
6
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
31) A hypothetical element, E, has two stable isotopes.
E-38 = 38.012 u 75.68%
E-46 = 45.981 u 24.32%
The element's atomic mass would be closest to which of the elements?
A) K
B) Ar
C) Ca
D) Sc
E) Cl
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 2-5
32) The atomic weight of chlorine is very close to 35.5. This means that:
A) chlorine occurs with a variable number of protons
B) a variable number of electrons gives the fractional weight
C) on the average, an atom of chlorine weighs almost 3 times as much as carbon
D) the actual weight of a chlorine atom is not known very precisely
E) chlorine atoms contain half of a proton
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 2-5
33) An element has 5 stable isotopes. The mass and percentage of each are:
69.9243 20.52%
71.9217 27.43%
72.9234 7.76%
73.9219 36.54%
75.9214 7.76%
The element is which of the following?
A) As
B) Se
C) Ge
D) Ga
E) Zn
Answer: C
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 2-5
7
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
34) An element has 5 stable isotopes. The mass and percentage of each are:
89.9043 51.46%
90.9053 11.23%
91.9046 17.11%
93.9061 17.40%
95.9082 2.80%
The element is which of the following?
A) Nb
B) Y
C) Sr
D) Zr
E) Rb
Answer: D
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 2-5
8
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
38) What is the mass in grams of 1 atom of sulfur (atomic mass = 32.066)?
A) 1.661 × 10-24 g
B) 1.931 × 10-25 g
C) 5.325 × 10-23 g
D) 5.179 × 10-26 g
E) 5.989 × 10-23 g
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 2-7
41) A cubic centimeter of lead weighs 11.35 g. How many atoms are in the block?
A) 6.8 × 1024 atoms
B) 2.4 × 1023 atoms
C) 3.3 × 1022 atoms
D) 5.3 × 1022 atoms
E) 1.1 × 1025 atoms
Answer: C
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 2-8
9
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
42) How many moles are represented by 2.5 × 1015 Na atoms?
A) 3.8 × 10-10 mol
B) 1.8 × 10-10 mol
C) 1.5 × 1039 mol
D) 4.2 × 10-9 mol
E) 1.1 × 1014 mol
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 2-8
43) The natural abundance of calcium in the earth's crust is 3.4% by mass. How many calcium atoms are
present in a 1.50 g sample of the earth's crust?
A) 6.6 × 1023 atoms
B) 3.1 × 1022 atoms
C) 7.7 × 1020 atoms
D) 7.7 × 1022 atoms
E) 5.1 × 1020 atoms
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 2-8
45) How many atoms of silicon are contained in 8.50 × 10-5 grams?
A) 1.44 × 1023 atoms
B) 1.82 × 1018 atoms
C) 5.02 × 1030 atoms
D) 5.02 × 1018 atoms
E) 1.82 × 1020 atoms
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 2-8
10
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
46) If the density of lead is 11.34 g/cm3, how many atoms are in a piece of lead that is 2.00 cm wide,
1.00 m long, and 2.00 mm thick?
A) 1.32 × 1024 atoms
B) 1.16 × 1023 atoms
C) 1.32 × 1023 atoms
D) 1.16 × 1022 atoms
E) 6.60 × 1023 atoms
Answer: A
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 2-8
47) How many atoms of rubidium-85 are in 87.2 g of rubidium? Rubidium-85 is 72.2 % abundant.
A) 5.16 × 1046 atoms
B) 4.44 × 1023 atoms
C) 8.51 × 1023 atoms
D) 6.14 × 1022 atoms
E) 1.02 × 1024 atoms
Answer: B
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 2-8
48) How many atoms of hydrogen are present in 1.5 lb of hydrogen peroxide, which is 5.93% hydrogen?
(1 lb = 454 grams)
A) 2.4 × 1025 atoms
B) 1.21 × 1025 atoms
C) 1.2 × 1025 atoms
D) 2.41 × 1025 atoms
E) 1.2 × 1020 atoms
Answer: A
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 2-8
49) How many atoms of sulfur are in 280 g of a 50% by mass H2SO4 solution?
A) 8.6 × 1025 atoms
B) 8.6 × 1023 atoms
C) 8.0 × 1025 atoms
D) 8.0 × 1023 atoms
E) 2.8 × 1029 atoms
Answer: B
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 2-8
11
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
50) How many Cu atoms are present in a 75.0 cm length of 20-gauge copper wire? A 20-gauge wire has
a diameter of 0.03196 in. Copper's density is 8.92 g/cm3.
A) 1.31 × 1021
B) 3.28 × 1022
C) 8.08 × 1021
D) 1.04 × 1022
E) 2.08 × 1022
Answer: B
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 2-8
51) How many atoms of lead are required to cover a 33.0 cm by 45.0 cm area with a sheet of lead that is
0.140 mm thick? The density of lead is 11.35 g/cm3.
A) 6.86 × 1023
B) 2.29 × 1026
C) 2.29 × 1025
D) 6.86 × 1022
E) 1.42 × 1026
Answer: A
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 2-8
52) A 3.214 g sample of magnesium reacts with 8.416 g of bromine. The only product is magnesium
bromide. If 1.934 g of magnesium is left unreacted, how much magnesium bromide is formed?
A) 1.280 g
B) 5.202 g
C) 9.696 g
D) 7.136 g
E) 3.268 g
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 2-1
53) What mass of magnesium is necessary to make 10.5 g of magnesium bromide if 1.04 g of
magnesium makes 7.88 g of magnesium bromide?
A) 1.39 g
B) 79.9 g
C) 1.58 g
D) 3.66 g
E) 7.89 g
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 2-1
12
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
54) A sample of pure carbon weighing 1.48 g was burned in an excess of air. The mass of carbon
dioxide, the sole product, was 5.42 g. In a second experiment, 11.62 g of carbon dioxide was obtained.
What mass of carbon was burned in the second experiment?
A) 42.6 g
B) 3.17 g
C) 3.54 g
D) 0.866 g
E) 11.6 g
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 2-1
55) A 1.4 g sample of calcium is reacted with 3.2 g of oxygen. The only product after the reaction is
1.96 g of CaO. How many grams of oxygen remains unreacted?
A) 0.56 g
B) 0.224 g
C) 2.64 g
D) 0.264 g
E) 0.203 g
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 2-1
56) A certain mass of nickel reacts with sulphur to produce 2.83 g of NiS. The same mass of nickel
reacts completely with 0.5 g of oxygen to produce 2.33 g of NiO. How many grams of sulfur reacted in
the first reaction?
A) 0.5 g
B) 1 g
C) 1.5 g
D) 10-1 g
E) 1.25 g
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 2-1
C) 15
15 P
D) 17
15 P
E) 32
32 Ge
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 2-4
13
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
58) The total number of neutrons in an 192Ir2+ cation is ________.
A) 115
B) 77
C) 192
D) 75
E) 269
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 2-4
59) With mass spectral data the ratio of the mass of 14N/12C was found to be 1.167. What is the mass of
the 14N atom?
A) 14.017 u
B) 10.292 u
C) 14.004 u
D) 17.000 u
E) 14.007 u
Answer: C
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 2-4
61) The total numbers of neutrons, protons, and electrons in 31P3- are:
A) 15 neutrons, 31 protons, 15 electrons
B) 16 neutrons, 15 protons, 18 electrons
C) 31 neutrons, 15 protons, 18 electrons
D) 15 neutrons, 16 protons, 12 electrons
E) 16 neutrons, 16 protons, 18 electrons
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 2-4
14
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
62) The total numbers of neutrons, protons, and electrons in 35Cl- are ________.
A) 17 neutrons, 35 protons, 36 electrons
B) 35 neutrons, 17 protons, 18 electrons
C) 18 neutrons, 17 protons, 16 electrons
D) 18 neutrons, 17 protons, 18 electrons
E) 17 neutrons, 17 protons, 17 electrons
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 2-4
63) The total numbers of neutrons, protons, and electrons in 138Ba2+ are ________.
A) 138 neutrons, 56 protons, 54 electrons
B) 82 neutrons, 56 protons, 54 electrons
C) 56 neutrons, 82 protons, 80 electrons
D) 82 neutrons, 56 protons, 58 electrons
E) 82 neutrons, 82 protons, 82 electrons
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 2-4
64) A cation has 13 neutrons and 10 electrons. If it has a charge of +1, what is its correct symbol?
A) 13
11 Na
+
B) 24
11 Na
+
C) 26
13 Al
+
23 Ne+
D) 10
13 Na +
E) 10
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 2-4
65) A cation has 28 neutrons and 21 electrons. If it has a +3 charge, what is its correct symbol?
A) 24
28 Ni
3+
B) 28
21Sc
3+
28 Cr3+
C) 24
D) 52
24 Cr
3+
E) 49
21Sc
3+
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 2-4
15
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
66) An anion has 45 neutrons and 36 electrons. If it has a -1 charge, what is its correct symbol?
45 Br -
A) 32
B) 80
35 Br
-
C) 90
45 Rh
-
81Kr -
D) 36
E) 80
45 Br
-
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 2-4
68) Write the appropriate symbol for the species containing 18 neutrons, 17 protons, and 16 electrons.
A) 18
35 Cl
+
B) 35
18 Ar
+
18 Ar +
C) 17
D) 34
35 Br
+
35 Cl+
E) 17
Answer: E
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 2-4
16
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
69) What is the proper ZA E notation for an ion having 35 protons, 36 electrons and 45 neutrons?
A) 45
35 Br
+
B) 80
35 Br
-
C) 80
45 Br
+
D) 45
35 Br
-
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 2-4
70) Write the symbol for the most common ion formed by sulfur.
A) S-1
B) S-2
C) S+1
D) S+2
E) requires experimental data
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 2-4
71) An isotope with mass number 81 has eleven more neutrons than protons. This is an isotope of what
element?
A) Tl
B) Yb
C) Zr
D) Br
E) Nb
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 2-4
72) The following ratios of masses were obtained with a mass spectrometer:
35 19 19 12
17 Cl / 9 F = 1.8406, 9 F / 6 C = 1.5832
35 Cl atom in atomic mass units?
What is the mass of a 17
A) 35.45 u
B) 36.36 u
C) 13.95 u
D) 35.00 u
E) 34.97 u
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 2-4
17
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
73) Copper occurs in an isotopic mixture of 69.09% 63Cu (mass = 62.93 u per atom) and 30.91% 65Cu
(mass = 64.93 u per atom). What is the average atomic mass of copper?
A) 64.00 u
B) 63.55 u
C) 63.45 u
D) 64.31 u
E) 29.00 u
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 2-5
76) A new element is discovered. It has two isotopes. The relative abundance of the isotopes and their
masses are 18% isotope 1, mass 350.0 u and 82% isotope 2, mass 352.0 u. What is the atomic mass of
the element?
A) 351.6
B) 351.0
C) 350.4
D) 352.0
E) 350.0
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 2-5
18
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
77) Rubidium possesses two stable forms and has an average mass of 85.5.
85Rb has a mass of 84.9 and a percent abundance of 72.2%. What is the mass of the other form of Rb?
A) 86.1 u
B) 85.7 u
C) 88.3 u
D) 87.1 u
E) 89.4 u
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 2-5
78) The three naturally occurring isotopes of magnesium are 24Mg (23.985042 u, 78.99%), 25Mg
(24.985837, 10.00%), and 26Mg. What is the atomic mass of 26Mg?
A) 25.98 u
B) 48.67 u
C) 23.94 u
D) 26.43 u
E) 24.31 u
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 2-5
79) The average atomic mass of B is 10.80 u. Boron has only two stable forms 105 B (10.00 u) and
11B (11.00 u). What is the natural percent abundance of 11B ?
5 5
A) 80%
B) 20%
C) 1.0%
D) 3.8%
E) 75%
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 2-5
80) Silver possesses two stable isotopes: 107Ag (106.90 u) and 109Ag (108.90 u). If the average atomic
mass of Ag is 107.87 u, what is the percent abundance of 107Ag?
A) 48.5%
B) 50.0%
C) 51.5%
D) 46.3%
E) 53.8%
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 2-5
19
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
81) A certain element contains eleven atoms of mass 95.952 u for every four atoms of mass 98.949 u.
Compute the average atomic weight of this element.
A) 97.451 u
B) 96.754 u
C) 98.150 u
D) 105.16 u
E) 96.952 u
Answer: B
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 2-5
82) Calculate the percent abundance of the two isotopes of a fictional element, georgium, if it has an
average atomic mass of 291.23 u.
Go-290 289.86 u
Go-292 292.07 u
A) Go-290, 38% and Go-292, 62%
B) Go-290, 62% and Go-292, 38%
C) Go-290, 42% and Go-292, 58%
D) Go-290, 58% and Go-292, 42%
E) cannot be determined
Answer: A
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 2-5
83) Magnesium has 3 stable isotopes with masses of 23.98504, 24.98584, and 25.98259 respectively.
Mg-25 is 10.13%. What are the percentages of the other two isotopes?
A) 78.9% and 10.9%
B) 50% and 50%
C) 44.9% and 44.9%
D) 83.6% and 16.4%
E) 78.9% and 21.1%
Answer: A
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 2-5
84) Lead has 4 stable isotopes with masses of 203.973 (1.48%), 205.9745 (23.6%), 206.9759, and
207.9766 respectively. What are the percentages of the last two isotopes?
A) 77% and 23%
B) 50% and 50%
C) 37% and 38%
D) 64% and 11%
E) 24% and 50%
Answer: E
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 2-5
20
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
85) Iodine is a member of the family called ________.
A) metals
B) metalloids
C) noble gasses
D) halogens
E) actinides
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 2-6
21
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
89) What is the mass of a sample containing 1.2 moles of Ni?
A) 49 g
B) 59 g
C) 34 g
D) 61 g
E) 70 g
Answer: E
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 2-8
92) How many moles of lead are present in a piece of lead with a volume of 0.600 cm 3? The density of
Pb is 11.34 g/cm3.
A) 6.80
B) 0.0328
C) 11.0
D) 0.547
E) 0.0912
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 2-8
22
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
93) What is the density (g/cm3) of tin if 4.56 × 1020 atoms make a cube 2.31 mm on each side?
A) 0.00729
B) 169
C) 3.28
D) 0.0142
E) 7.29
Answer: E
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 2-8
94) What is the isotopic atomic mass of an isotope if 9.7023 × 1022 atoms weighs 4.0256 g?
A) 0.64858
B) 24.305
C) 24.986
D) 13.728
E) 4.0256
Answer: C
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 2-8
95) What is the atomic weight of an element if 4.00 grams of it contain 2.98 × 10 22 atoms?
A) 20.2 u
B) 80.8 u
C) 19.7 u
D) 8.08 u
E) 2.02 u
Answer: B
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 2-8
96) A solution contains 12.5% NaCl by mass. What mass of solution is required to obtain 1.0 × 10 23 Na
atoms?
A) 0.013 g
B) 30 g
C) 1.2 g
D) 95 g
E) 78 g
Answer: E
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 2-8
23
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
97) A lead cube that is 3.00 cm on each side contains 8.91 × 10 23 atoms. What is the density of this
cube in g/cm3?
A) 34.1
B) 11.4
C) 0.0550
D) 0.990
E) 26.7
Answer: B
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 2-8
98) Lead-204 has a relative abundance of 1.48%. What size block of lead (in cubic centimeters) will
contain 8.34 × 1021 atoms of lead-204? The density of lead is 11.35 g/cm3.
A) 3.75 × 10-3
B) 0.253
C) 194
D) 17.1
E) 16.8
Answer: D
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 2-8
99) Lead-206 has a relative abundance of 23.6%. What size block of lead (in cubic centimeters) will
contain 8.34 × 1021 atoms of lead-206? The density of lead is 11.35 g/cm3.
A) 0.0107
B) 0.253
C) 1.07
D) 0.330
E) 12.1
Answer: C
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 2-8
100) What is the thickness in mm of the sheet 75.0 cm × 35.0 cm formed by 7.88 × 10 23 atoms of lead?
The density of lead is 11.35 g/cm3.
A) 9.10
B) 0.0910
C) 1.88 × 104
D) 0.273
E) 2.73
Answer: B
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 2-8
24
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
Quantum Mechanics and Electrons in Atoms
1) The symbol "n" in the Bohr theory of atomic structure refers to the number of electrons in a shell.
Answer: FALSE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 8-3
2) The symbol "n" in the Bohr theory of atomic structure refers to the shell or orbit in which an electron
is found.
Answer: TRUE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 8-3
3) The Bohr theory explains that an emission spectral line is due to an interaction between electrons in
atoms.
Answer: FALSE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 8-4
4) The Bohr theory explains that an emission spectral line is due to an electron losing energy and
changing shells.
Answer: TRUE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 8-4
5) The Bohr theory explains that an emission spectral line is due to an electron losing energy but
keeping the same values of its four quantum numbers.
Answer: FALSE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 8-4
6) When an electron goes from a high energy state to a low one, another electron goes from a low
energy state to a high one.
Answer: FALSE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 8-4
7) When an electron in an atom goes from a high energy state to a low one, light is given off.
Answer: TRUE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 8-4
8) Four of the 3d orbitals are alike except for the orientation with respect to the axes.
Answer: TRUE
Diff: 2 Type: TF
Reference: Section 8-8
25
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
9) The order of subshells of increasing energy in a multiple-electron atom is 4f, 5d, 6s, 6p.
Answer: FALSE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 8-10
10) The order of subshells of increasing energy in a multiple-electron atom is 6s, 4f, 5d, 6p.
Answer: TRUE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 8-10
11) Light passing through a transparent medium has a wavelength of 466 nm and a frequency of 6.20 ×
1014 s-1. What is the speed of the light in the medium?
A) 2.89 × 108 m/s
B) 2.89 × 1017 m/s
C) 1.33 × 1012 m/s
D) 1.33 × 1021 m/s
E) 7.52 × 10-22 m/s
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 8-1
13) What is the frequency associated with radiation of 4.59 × 10-8 cm wavelength?
A) 6.54 × 1017 s-1
B) 6.54 × 1015 s-1
C) 1.53 × 10-8 s-1
D) 13.8 s-1
E) 2.18 × 107 s-1
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 8-1
26
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
14) What is the wavelength in nm associated with radiation of frequency 2.8 × 1013 s-1?
A) 840 nm
B) 2.8 × 104 nm
C) 299 nm
D) 9.3 × 104 nm
E) 1.1 × 104 nm
Answer: E
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 8-1
17) The relationship between the frequency of light and the energy of the light was postulated by:
A) Max Planck
B) Johann Balmer
C) Johannes Rydberg
D) Albert Einstein
E) Robert Bunsen
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 8-2
27
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
18) A radiation detector exposed to sunlight records the energy falling on a given area each unit time. If
such a detector has a reading of 0.698 cal cm-2 min-1, how many photons of sunlight are striking each
cm2 in one minute? Assume the average wavelength of sunlight is 460. nm. (4.184 J = 1 calorie)
A) 1.62 × 1018 photons
B) 4.32 × 1019 photons
C) 6.76 × 1018 photons
D) 2.31 × 1018 photons
E) 9.63 × 1019 photons
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 8-2
19) A radiation detector exposed to sunlight records the energy falling on a given area each unit time. If
such a detector has a reading of 0.430 cal cm-2 min-1, how many photons of sunlight are striking each
cm2 in one minute? Assume the average wavelength of sunlight is 460. nm. (4.184 J = 1 calorie)
A) 2.02 × 107 photons
B) 8.46 × 107 photons
C) 4.17 × 1018 photons
D) 1.02 × 1027 photons
E) 4.25 × 1027 photons
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 8-2
20) Use Planck's equation to determine the energy, in J/photon, of radiation of frequency 5.8 × 1015 s-1.
A) 3.8 × 10-18 J
B) 1.7 × 1024 J
C) 5.8 × 10-25 J
D) 1.7 × 10-16 J
E) 5.2 × 10-8 J
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 8-2
21) Calculate the energy in kJ/mol of light with a wavelength of 360 nm.
A) 5.52 × 10-22 kJ/mol
B) 5.52 × 10-19 kJ/mol
C) 332 kJ/mol
D) 6.63 × 103 kJ/mol
E) 0.332 kJ/mol
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 8-2
28
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
22) How many photons of light with frequency 5.50 × 1015 Hz are required to provide 1 kJ of energy?
A) 3.64 × 10-18 photons
B) 2.74 × 1020 photons
C) 4.56 × 10-4 photons
D) 1.65 × 1044 photons
E) 3.64 × 10-16 photons
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 8-2
23) The existence of discrete (quantized) energy levels in an atom may be inferred from:
A) diffraction of electrons by crystals
B) X-ray diffraction by crystals
C) atomic line spectra
D) experiments on the photoelectric effect
E) visible spectrum
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 8-2
25) The mathematical equation deduced by Johann Balmer and subsequently rewritten in another form
by Johannes Rydberg gives us:
A) the relationship between wavelengths of spectral lines and the electrons' energies responsible for
them
B) the relationship between wavelength and frequency of spectral lines
C) the relationship between frequencies of spectral lines and the energy values associated with them
D) a model for finding the limited numbers of wavelengths associated with atomic spectral lines
E) an explanation for the continuous range of energy values associated with atomic spectra
Answer: D
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 8-2
29
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
26) The symbol "n" in the Bohr theory of atomic structure refers to:
A) the energy of the electrons.
B) the total energy of the atom.
C) the number of electrons in a shell.
D) the shell in which an electron is found.
E) the number of orbits in an atom.
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 8-3
27) For the Bohr hydrogen atom determine the energy level corresponding to n = 3.
A) 7.26 × 10-19 J
B) 7.36 × 10-35 J
C) -2.42 × 10-19 J
D) 3.33 × 107 J
E) 1.96 × 10-17 J
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 8-3
28) What is the energy in joules of the 656 nm spectral line of hydrogen?
A) 4.35 × 10-31 J
B) 3.03 × 10-19 J
C) 1.30 × 10-22 J
D) 3.03 × 10-28 J
E) 1.45 × 10-48 J
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 8-3
29) What is the energy in joules of the 434 nm spectral line of hydrogen?
A) 1.53 × 10-27 J
B) 4.58 × 10-28 J
C) 1.04 × 1048 J
D) 4.58 × 10-19 J
E) 9.59 × 10-49 J
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 8-3
30
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
30) What is the energy in joules of a mole of photons with the energy of the 434 nm spectral line of
hydrogen?
A) 2.76 × 105 J
B) 9.21 × 10-4 J
C) 2.76 × 10-4 J
D) 5.78 × 10-25 J
E) 434 J
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 8-3
31) The Bohr theory explains that an emission spectral line is:
A) due to an electron losing energy but keeping the same values of its four quantum numbers
B) due to an electron losing energy and changing shells
C) due to an interaction between electrons in two different principal shells
D) due to an electron gaining energy and changing shells
E) due to an increase in the principal quantum number n of an electron
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 8-4
32) When an electron in an atom goes from a high energy state to a low one, what occurs?
A) Another electron goes from a low energy state to a high one.
B) The atom moves faster.
C) Light is given off.
D) This process is not possible.
E) Light is absorbed.
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 8-4
33) Calculate the wavelength in meters of light absorbed by an electron in an atom of hydrogen as it
moves from n = 3 to n = 6.
A) 1.09 × 10-6 m
B) 8.22 × 10-7 m
C) 3.28 × 10-6 m
D) 1.83 × 10-7 m
E) 1.65 × 10-11 m
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 8-4
31
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
34) The fact that we cannot simultaneously measure the exact position and precise momentum of an
electron is referred to as:
A) Pauli Exclusion Principle
B) The Aufbau Principle
C) Hund's Rule
D) The DeBroglie Relationship
E) Heisenberg Uncertainty Principle
Answer: E
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 8-5
35) What is the wavelength associated with electrons traveling at one one-hundredth the speed of light?
A) 243 nm
B) 0.243 nm
C) 412 nm
D) 7.98 × 10-2 nm
E) 12.5 nm
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 8-5
36) What is the wavelength of a ball that is 25.0 g traveling at 40.2 m/s?
A) 6.59 × 10-37 m
B) 6.59 × 10-34 m
C) 1.07 × 10-30 m
D) 4.12 × 10-37 m
E) 2.42 × 10-11 m
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 8-5
37) What is the wavelength of a bullet that is 0.450 g traveling at 2000. m/s?
A) 2000. m
B) 2.94 × 10-24 m
C) 7.36 × 10-34 m
D) 7.36 × 10-37 m
E) 1.49 × 10-40 m
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 8-5
32
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
38) Calculate the deBroglie wavelength of a ball of mass 125 grams and velocity 90 m/s.
A) 0.59 m
B) 5.9 × 10-31 m
C) 5.9 × 10-35 m
D) 590 m
E) 1.7 × 1034 m
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 8-5
39) What is the wavelength, in nm, associated with a 2000. kg truck traveling at a speed of 20 m/s, that
is, considering the truck to be a "matter" wave?
A) 1.33 × 10-29 nm
B) 2.65 × 10-29 nm
C) 6.02 × 10-29 nm
D) 7.50 × 103 nm
E) 1.66 × 10-29 nm
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 8-5
40) Which statement regarding the wave function as suggested by Erwin Schrodinger is INCORRECT?
A) It has fluctuating values at all points on the curve.
B) It is a mathematical equation.
C) It is denoted by psi (Ψ).
D) It can describe any particle with wavelike motions.
E) It corresponds to a standing wave within the boundary of the system.
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 8-6
33
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
42) An atomic orbital represents:
A) the shape of an atom
B) the repulsion of all the electrons among themselves
C) a fixed path that an electron follows around the nucleus of an atom
D) the region of electron density for a covalent bond
E) the region of high probability for an electron around the nucleus of an atom
Answer: E
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 8-6
43) An orbital:
I) describes a region of high electron density.
II) describes a region in an atom where an electron is likely to be found.
III) is a wave function resulting from specific values assigned to quantum numbers in wave equations.
IV) describes a spherical region around a nucleus where an electron can be found.
A) II only
B) I and II
C) II and III
D) I, II, and III
E) I, II, III, and IV
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 8-6
45) The possible values of the orbital angular momentum quantum number of a 3p electron are:
A) +1/2, -1/2
B) -1, 0, +1
C) -1
D) 0
E) 1
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 8-7
34
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
46) The possible values of the magnetic quantum number, mℓ , of a 3p electron are:
A) 0, 1, 2
B) 2, 1, 0, -1, -2
C) 0
D) -1, 0, +1
E) +1, -1
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 8-7
47) Give the appropriate values of n and ℓ for the orbital designation 3p.
A) n = 3, ℓ = 0
B) n = 1, ℓ = 3
C) n = 3, ℓ = 3
D) n = 3, ℓ = 1
E) n = 3, ℓ = 2
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 8-7
48) Give the appropriate values of n and ℓ for the orbital designation 3s.
A) n = 3, ℓ = 1
B) n = 0, ℓ = 3
C) n = 3, ℓ = 3
D) n = 3, ℓ = 2
E) n = 3, ℓ = 0
Answer: E
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 8-7
49) What is the smallest acceptable value for the missing quantum number?
n = ?, ℓ = 2, mℓ = 0, ms = +1/2
A) 3
B) 2
C) 4
D) 5
E) 1
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 8-7
35
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
50) What is the orbital designation for the quantum numbers n = 2, ℓ = 1?
A) 3s
B) 2s
C) 2d
D) 2p
E) 3p
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 8-7
51) Which of the following orbitals have their lobes aligned along the y axis?
I) dxy
II) dx2-y2
III) py
IV) dyz
A) II and III
B) I and IV
C) I and II
D) II and IV
E) I and III
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 8-7
53) Which of the following statements concerning quantum numbers is NOT correct?
A) "n" relates the most probable distance from the nucleus.
B) "l" denotes geometric shape.
C) "m" denotes orientation of an orbital with respect to the others.
D) The fourth quantum number refers to electron spin.
E) The four quantum numbers are derived from wave mechanics.
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 8-7
36
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
54) In a hydrogen atom, orbitals with the same energy:
I) extend the same distance from the nucleus.
II) have the same principle quantum number, n.
III) are referred to as iso-electronic.
IV) are referred to as degenerate.
V) are represented by 1s and 2s orbitals.
A) I, III, IV
B) I, II, IV
C) I, IV, V
D) I, II, III
E) I, II, III, and IV
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 8-7
55) Which one of the following set of quantum numbers would not be allowed?
A) n = 3, ℓ = 2, mℓ = 1
B) n = 3, ℓ = 0, mℓ = 0
C) n = 3, ℓ = 3, mℓ = 1
D) n = 3, ℓ = 2, mℓ = -1
E) n = 3, ℓ = 1, mℓ = -1
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 8-7
56) Which of the following orbitals have lobes aligned along the x axis?
A) dxy
B) dx2-y2
C) dxz
D) dyz
E) s
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 8-8
57) Which two orbitals are located between the axes of a coordinate system and not along the axes?
A) dxy, py
B) dyz, px
C) dx2-y2, pz
D) dxy, dz2
E) dxy, dyz
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 8-8
37
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
58) Which of the following statements about orbital shapes is NOT true?
A) A 1s orbital is spherical.
B) 2p orbitals have a node at r = 0.
C) There are only two 2p orbitals, each directed along and x or y axis.
D) There are 5 3d orbitals.
E) Four of the 3d orbitals are alike except for the orientation with respect to the axes.
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 8-8
59) Which of the following statements about the electron spin quantum number is FALSE?
A) ms denotes the spin quantum number.
B) The value of the spin quantum number can be +1/2 or -1/2.
C) The value of the spin quantum number does not depend on other quantum numbers.
D) The value of the spin quantum number can be indicated by arrows to the right and to the left.
E) The spin quantum number is an indication that electrons generate a magnetic field.
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 8-9
38
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
62) What is an acceptable value for the missing quantum number?
n = 4, ℓ = 2, mℓ = 0, ms = ?
A) 0
B) 1/2
C) 1
D) 2
E) 3/2
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 8-9
63) Which series of subshells is arranged in order of increasing energy in a multiple-electron atom?
A) 5d, 4f, 6s, 6p
B) 4f, 6s, 5d, 6p
C) 4f, 5d, 6s, 6p
D) 6s, 4f, 5d, 6p
E) 6s, 6p, 5d, 4s
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 8-10
64) "One places electrons into orbitals one by one from low energy to high energy" is one way of stating
the:
A) Aufbau principle
B) Hund's Rule
C) Heisenberg Principle
D) Pauli Exclusion Principle
E) Rydberg's Principle
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 8-11
65) The principle that is based on electrons attempting to be as far apart as possible is the:
A) Heisenberg Principle
B) Exclusion Principle
C) Bohr Theory
D) Hund's Rule
E) Aufbau principle
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 8-11
39
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
66) Which of the following subshells is correctly designated?
A) 1p5
B) 3s3
C) 3f2
D) 4d11
E) 2p6
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 8-11
67) Exceptions to ________ are represented by chromium and copper in the 4th row of the periodic
table.
A) the Aufbau Principle
B) Hund's Rule
C) the Bohr Theory
D) the Heisenberg Principle
E) the Pauli Exclusion Principle
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 8-11
68) Niels Bohr promoted the connection between the periodic table and quantum theory. Which of the
following statements is INCORRECT?
A) The link between the table arrangement and quantum theory is electron configuration.
B) Elements in the same group have similar electron configurations.
C) Elements in the same group have the same number of electrons in the outer shell.
D) Elements in the same group have the same principle quantum number.
E) Elements in the same group have the same number of valence electrons.
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 8-11
69) The fact that the valence orbital configuration of nitrogen in the ground state is 2s2, 2px12py12pz1
is an illustration of:
A) the Bohr Theory
B) Hund's Rule
C) the Aufbau Principle
D) the Pauli Exclusion Principle
E) the Heisenberg Uncertainty Principle
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 8-11
40
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
70) The quantum numbers of the last electron of arsenic could be:
A) n = 4, ℓ = 2, mℓ = 1, ms = 1/2
B) n = 4, ℓ = 1, mℓ = 1, ms = 1/2
C) n = 3, ℓ = 1, mℓ = 1, ms = 1/2
D) n = 4, ℓ = 3, mℓ = 1, ms = 1/2
E) n = 4, ℓ = 1, mℓ = 1/2, ms = 0
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 8-12
71) The quantum numbers of the last electron of nickel could be:
A) n = 3, ℓ = 2, mℓ = 0, ms = 1/2
B) n = 4, ℓ = 2, mℓ = 0, ms = 1/2
C) n = 3, ℓ = 1, mℓ = 0, ms = 1/2
D) n = 3, ℓ = 2, mℓ = 0, ms = 0
E) n = 3, ℓ = 2, mℓ = 1/2, ms = 1/2
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 8-12
73) A television signal has a wavelength of 10.0 km. What is its frequency in kilohertz?
A) 30.0 kHz
B) 3.00 × 104 kHz
C) 3.00 × 107 kHz
D) 3.33 × 10-7 kHz
E) 3.33 × 10-2 kHz
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 8-1
41
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
74) Use the Balmer equation to determine n for the spectral line of wavelength 656 nm. The constant
for Balmer's equation is 3.2881 × 1015 s-1.
A) 3
B) 4
C) 5
D) 6
E) 7
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 8-2
75) Use the Balmer equation to determine n for the spectral line of wavelength 434 nm. The constant
for Balmer's equation is 3.2881 × 1015 s-1.
A) 3
B) 4
C) 5
D) 6
E) 7
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 8-2
76) Use the Balmer equation to determine the wavelength, in nm, of the line in the Balmer series
corresponding to n = 4. The constant for Balmer's equation is 3.2881 × 1015 s-1.
A) 365 nm
B) 45.6 nm
C) 205 nm
D) 486 nm
E) 1459 nm
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 8-2
77) What is the wavelength, in nm, of the spectral line resulting from the transition of an electron from n
= 3 to n = 2 in a Bohr hydrogen atom? The constant for Balmer's equation is 3.2881 × 10 15 s-1.
A) 18.3 nm
B) 656 nm
C) 547 nm
D) 152 nm
E) 252 nm
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 8-2
42
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
78) What is the wavelength of the line in the Balmer series of hydrogen corresponding to the transition
from n = 5 to n = 2? The constant for Balmer's equation is 3.2881 × 1015 s-1.
A) 304 nm
B) 30.4 nm
C) 329 nm
D) 535 nm
E) 434 nm
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 8-2
79) Calculate the wavelength, in nm, of the first line of the Balmer series. The constant for Balmer's
equation is 3.2881 × 1015 s-1.
A) 18.3 nm
B) 656 nm
C) 547 nm
D) 152 nm
E) 252 nm
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 8-2
80) What is the wavelength, in nm, of light with an energy content of 550 kJ/mol?
A) 0.218 nm
B) 0.419 nm
C) 157 nm
D) 218 nm
E) 6579 nm
Answer: D
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 8-2
81) Use Planck's equation to determine the wavelength, in nm, of radiation with 200.0 kJ/mol of energy.
A) 167 nm
B) 598 nm
C) 5.98 × 105 nm
D) 1.67 × 105 nm
E) 242 nm
Answer: B
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 8-2
43
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
82) What is the energy in joules of a mole of photons with the energy of the 656 nm spectral line of
hydrogen?
A) 2.62 × 10-7 J
B) 78.3 J
C) 3.03 J
D) 8.73 × 10-25 J
E) 1.82 × 105 J
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 8-3
83) To what uncertainty, in pm, can the position of an electron traveling at 1.89 × 10 5 m/s be measured
if the uncertainty of the speed is 2.00%?
A) 765
B) 654
C) 8.33 × 104
D) 1.53 × 105
E) 1.53 × 104
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 8-5
85) Chlorine (atomic number = 17) has the electronic configuration: ________.
A) 1s22s22p63s23d5
B) 1s22s22p62d53s2
C) 1s22s22p63s23p5
D) 1s22s22d103s2
E) 1s22s22p62d63s1
Answer: C
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 8-11
44
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
86) The ground state electron configuration of Sc is ________.
A) 1s22s22p62d103s1
B) 1s21p62s22p63d5
C) 1s22s22p63s23p63d3
D) 1s22s22p63s23p64s23d1
E) 1s22s22p63s23p64s24p1
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 8-11
45
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
90) Use the basic rules for electron configuration to indicate the number of unpaired electrons in
phosphorus.
A) 0
B) 1
C) 3
D) 5
E) 2
Answer: C
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 8-11
91) How many unpaired electrons are in the ground state electron configuration of chromium?
A) 5
B) 6
C) 4
D) 2
E) 0
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 8-11
92) How many unpaired electrons are in the ground state electron configuration of calcium?
A) 5
B) 2
C) 0
D) 1
E) 3
Answer: C
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 8-11
46
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
94) The ground state electron configuration for antimony is ________.
A) [Kr] 5s25d105p3
B) [Kr] 4s24d105p3
C) [Xe] 5s24d105p2
D) [Kr] 4d105s25p3
E) [Xe] 5s25d105p3
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 8-11
95) Use the spdf notation to write out the complete electron configuration of Br.
A) [Ar] 3d104s24p5
B) [Kr] 3d104s24p4
C) [Ar] 3d94s24p6
D) [Ar] 3d104p65s2
E) [Ar] 4s24p24d9
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 8-11
96) The four quantum numbers of the LAST electron to be placed into a Ca atom are ________.
A) n = 4, ℓ = 1, mℓ = 0, ms = -1/2
B) n = 3, ℓ = 0, mℓ = 1, ms = -1/2
C) n = 4, ℓ = 1, mℓ = 0, ms = +1/2
D) n = 4, ℓ = 0, mℓ = 0, ms = -1/2
E) n = 4, ℓ = 2, mℓ = 0, ms = +1/2
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 8-12
97) The quantum numbers of the last electron of cerium are ________.
A) n = 6, ℓ = 3, mℓ = -2, ms = 1/2
B) n = 5, ℓ = 3, mℓ = -2, ms = 1/2
C) n = 4, ℓ = 3, mℓ = -2, ms = 1/2
D) n = 4, ℓ = 2, mℓ = -2, ms = 1/2
E) n = 4, ℓ = 4, mℓ = -2, ms = 1/2
Answer: C
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 8-12
47
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
98) The quantum numbers of the last electron of cesium are ________.
A) n = 5, ℓ = 0, mℓ = 0, ms = 1/2
B) n = 6, ℓ = 1, mℓ = 0, ms = 1/2
C) n = 6, ℓ = 1, mℓ = 1, ms = 1/2
D) n = 6, ℓ = 0, mℓ = 0, ms = 1/2
E) n = 6, ℓ = 2, mℓ = 2, ms = 1/2
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 8-12
99) The quantum numbers of the last electron of silicon are ________.
A) n = 3, ℓ = 1, mℓ = 1, ms = 1
B) n = 2, ℓ = 1, mℓ = 1, ms = 1/2
C) n = 4, ℓ = 1, mℓ = 1, ms = 1/2
D) n = 3, ℓ = 1, mℓ = 0, ms = 1/2
E) n = 2, ℓ = 0, mℓ = 0, ms = 1/2
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 8-12
100) The quantum numbers of the last electron of barium are ________.
A) n = 6, ℓ = 0, mℓ = 1, ms = 1
B) n = 5, ℓ = 0, mℓ = 0, ms = 1/2
C) n = 6, ℓ = 0, mℓ = 1, ms = 1/2
D) n = 6, ℓ = 1, mℓ = 0, ms = 1/2
E) n = 6, ℓ = 0, mℓ = 0, ms = 1/2
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 8-12
Chemical Compounds
48
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
3) For an ionic compound, the term formula mass is more appropriate than the term molecular mass.
Answer: TRUE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 3-2
4) Combustion analysis is one way to determine the simplest formula of some compounds.
Answer: TRUE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 3-3
8) Only metals in binary compounds use prefixes such as di-, tri-, tetra-, etc.
Answer: FALSE
Diff: 2 Type: TF
Reference: Section 3-6
49
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
10) Hydrocarbons contain only carbon and hydrogen.
Answer: TRUE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 3-7
50
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
15) A 10.0 g sample of bismuth tribromide, BiBr3, contains:
A) 5.360 × 1022 total number of ions
B) 0.322 mol BiBr3
C) 3.14 × 1022 formula units BiBr3
D) 1.34 × 1022 bromide ions
E) 4.020 × 1022 total number of ions
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 3-2
17) Aspartame, C14H18N2O5, a low-calorie sweetener, is about 200 times sweeter than sugar. How
many molecules of aspartame are there in a one-gram packet of sweetener containing 36 mg aspartame?
A) 2.0 × 1018 molecules of aspartame
B) 4.0 × 1020 molecules of aspartame
C) 7.2 × 1025 molecules of aspartame
D) 1.4 × 1022 molecules of aspartame
E) 7.4 × 1019 molecules of aspartame
Answer: E
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 3-2
18) How many hydrogen atoms are present in 2.84 moles of water?
A) 3.42 × 1024 H atoms
B) 1.71 × 1024 H atoms
C) 4.24 × 1023 H atoms
D) 9.44 × 1024 H atoms
E) 3.42 × 1023 H atoms
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 3-2
51
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
19) Which of the following contains the greatest number of atoms?
A) 1 mole of S8 molecules
B) 2 moles of P4 molecules
C) 4 moles of chlorine molecules
D) 8 moles of H atoms
E) 3 moles of ozone, O3
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 3-2
21) The explosive, trinitrotoluene, TNT, C6H3N3O6, has the same proportion of:
A) N to H atoms as does NH3
B) H to O atoms as does H2O
C) N to O atoms as does NO2
D) C to H atoms as does C6H6
E) C to O atoms as does CO2
Answer: C
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 3-3
22) White phosphorus, P4, spontaneously bursts into flame in oxygen. If 6.500 g of white phosphorus
reacts with oxygen to form 11.54 g of a phosphorus oxide, what is the empirical formula of this oxide?
A) P2O3
B) PO3
C) P2O6
D) P4O6
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 3-3
52
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
23) Combustion analysis of a 22.0 mg sample of the painkiller morphine produced 13.2 mg of water.
What is the percentage by mass of hydrogen in morphine?
A) 6.71%
B) 3.36%
C) 13.4%
D) 60.0%
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 3-3
24) In the following group, the compound with the greatest percentage of oxygen by mass is:
A) ClO2
B) Na2CO3
C) P4O6
D) SO2
E) As2O3
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 3-3
26) Crystals from evaporation of urine analyze to 22.6% phosphorus. Which compound is probably
present?
A) NaNH4HPO4
B) (NH4)3PO4
C) Na3PO4
D) H3PO4
E) Ca3(SO4)2
Answer: A
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 3-3
53
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
27) In which compound does iodine have an oxidation state of +3?
A) HIO3
B) IF5
C) Ca(IO2)2
D) HI
E) I2
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 3-4
54
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
31) The name of which compound ends in -ite?
A) HIO3
B) Na2SO3
C) H2SO3
D) Na2CO3
E) CaH2
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 3-6
55
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
35) Choose the INCORRECT name/formula combination.
A) NaClO sodium hypochlorite
B) NaClO4 sodium chlorate
C) NaClO2 sodium chlorite
D) Sr(IO3)2 strontium iodate
E) SCl4 sulfur tetrachloride
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 3-6
38) Which of the following functional groups gives acidic properties to organic molecules?
A) -OH
B) -COOCH3
C) -COOH
D) -C(O)H
E) -CH2OH
Answer: C
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 3-7
56
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
39) Which of the following is(are) isomer(s) of organic compound with formula C5H12O?
A) 4
B) 1 and 2
C) 1 and 3
D) 6
E) 5 and 4
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 3-7
57
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
41) Which of the following is the correct definition of an isomer?
A) Isomers are molecules that have the same empirical formula but different arrangements of atoms in
space.
B) Isomers are molecules that have the same molecular formula but different arrangements of atoms in
space.
C) Isomers are molecules that have the same arrangements of atoms in space but different empirical and
molecular formulas.
D) Isomers are molecules that have the same molecular formula but contain different isotopes.
E) Isomers are molecules with the same empirical formula but have different isotopes.
Answer: B
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 3-7
42) Which of the following can be one of the isomers of a compound with molecular formula C 4H10?
A) 2-methylpropane (methylpropane)
B) 2-methylbutane
C) 3-methypentane
D) 3-methylbutane
E) 2methylpentane
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 3-7
43) Which of the following substances contains the greatest number of atoms?
A) 5 mol H2O
B) 6 mol CS2
C) 3 mol NaNO3
D) 2 mol NH4OH
E) 6 mol NaH
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 3-2
44) The formula mass of aradridic acid, CH3(CH2)18COOH, a fatty acid found in peanut oil, is
________.
A) 176.000 u
B) 312.538 u
C) 92.079 u
D) 306.126 u
E) 352.000 u
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 3-2
58
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
45) How many hydrogen atoms are there in 12.4 g of Al2(HPO4)3?
A) 6.55 × 1022 H atoms
B) 1.09 × 1022 H atoms
C) 6.07 × 1022 H atoms
D) 1.32 × 1023 H atoms
E) 4.39 × 1022 H atoms
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 3-2
46) The molecular formula for caffeine is C8H10O2N4. How many moles of C atoms are present in a
2.0 g sample of caffeine?
A) 0.32 mole
B) 0.27 mole
C) 0.041 mole
D) 0.082 mole
E) 0.010 mole
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 3-3
47) The material Styrofoam is made by blowing a gas into the polymer polystyrene made from styrene.
Styrene has the percent composition of C 92.26% and H 7.74% and 1.41 × 1022 molecules weigh 2.44
grams. What is the molecular formula for styrene?
A) CH
B) C2H2
C) C8H8
D) C4H4
E) C6H6
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 3-3
48) An unknown organic compound contains carbon, hydrogen, and bromine only. The mass
percentages of C and H are 12.77% C and 1.60% H. Bromine from 1.88 g of this compound has been
completely converted into 3.70 g of AgBr. The molar mass of unknown organic compound is 188 u.
Determine the molecular formula of the unknown.
A) CH3Br
B) C2H3Br2
C) C2H2Br2
D) C2H2Br4
E) C4H6Br4
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 3-3
59
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
49) Nitrogen forms at least three stable oxides: N2O, NO, and NO2. How many grams of nitrogen reacts
with 32 grams of oxygen to form NO?
A) 16 grams
B) 28 grams
C) 14 grams
D) 32 grams
E) 8 grams
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 3-3
60
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
53) A 2.000 g sample of water contains 11.19% H by mass and 88.81% O by mass. What percent of H
by mass will be found in a 6.00 g sample of water?
A) 33.33%
B) 88.81%
C) 5.60%
D) 33.57%
E) 11.19%
Answer: E
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 3-3
54) A 2.000 g sample of water contains 11.19% H by mass and 88.81% O by mass. What mass of H will
be found in a 27.000 g sample of water?
A) 3.021 g
B) 1.511 g
C) 2.413 g
D) 1.206 g
E) 23.98 g
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 3-3
55) Fumaric acid, C4H4O4, can be extracted from plants and can be used as a substitute for citrus acid
in fruit drinks. The percent composition by mass of fumaric acid is ________.
A) C 33.33% H 33.33% O 33.33%
B) C 39.80% H 6.68% O 53.52%
C) C 40.00% H 6.67% O 53.33%
D) C 41.39% H 3.47% O 55.14%
E) C 0.25% H 0.25% O 0.50%
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 3-3
61
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
57) A sample contains 43.7% phosphorus and 56.3% oxygen. The molar mass is 284 u. What is the
molecular formula of the compound?
A) P2O5
B) PO3
C) P4O10
D) P4O5
E) P5O8
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 3-3
58) The simplest formula of a substance is found to be CH2O, and its approximate molecular weight is
found by experiment to be 93. What is the exact molecular weight of this substance in grams/mole?
A) 30.0
B) 87.0
C) 90.1
D) 93.0
E) 93.1
Answer: C
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 3-3
60) Complete combustion of a 0.500 g sample of a pure hydrocarbon yielded 0.973 g CO2 and 0.319 g
H2O. The empirical formula of this hydrocarbon is ________.
A) C3H5
B) C2H3
C) C4H6
D) C5H8
E) C6H9
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 3-3
62
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
61) Maprotiline, a tetracyclic drug prescribed for the treatment of depression, has the following mass
composition: C 86.56%, H 8.35%, and the rest is nitrogen..
The empirical formula of maprotiline is ________.
A) C7H8N3
B) C20H23N
C) C87H8N5
D) C3H3N
E) C14H14N
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 3-3
62) A strip of electrolytically purified copper weighing 3.178 grams is strongly heated in a stream of
oxygen until it is all converted to a black oxide. The resultant black powder weighs 3.978 g. What is the
formula of the oxide?
A) CuO2
B) Cu2O3
C) CuO3
D) Cu2O
E) CuO
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 3-3
63) The magnesium in a sample of mineral water weighing 110.520 g is first converted to MgNH4PO4
and then to Mg2P2O7. The mass of Mg2P2O7 obtained is 0.0216 g. Express the quantity of magnesium
in the mineral water in parts per million (that is in g Mg per 106 g H2O).
A) 1.95 × 103 ppm
B) 8.95 ppm
C) 234 ppm
D) 42.7 ppm
E) 21.4 ppm
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 3-3
64) 2.404 g of a compound were burned in oxygen and found to produce only 3.520 g CO2(g), 2.564 g
SO2(g) and 1.440 g H2O(l). Determine the empirical formula of the compound.
A) CSH
B) C2SH4
C) C4SH2
D) C2S2H4
E) C2SH2
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 3-3
63
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
65) The molecular formula for a sugar molecule is C12H22O11. What is the percent of carbon in the
molecule?
A) 2.37%
B) 67.88%
C) 42.12%
D) 8.34%
E) 26.67%
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 3-3
66) The complete combustion of 0.285 g of a pure hydrocarbon yielded 0.878 g CO2 and 0.405 g H2O.
What is the mass % C in this hydrocarbon?
A) 27.3%
B) 24.0%
C) 84.1%
D) 32.4%
E) 72.7%
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 3-3
67) Elemental analysis of 50.0000 g of a compound showed that it contained 12.7520 g C, 3.2105 g H,
and the rest was S. The empirical formula of this compound is ________.
A) CHS
B) CH2S
C) CH3S
D) C2H2S
E) C2H3S2
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 3-3
68) A 4.05 g sample of a compound containing only C, H, and O was burned completely. The only
combustion products were 10.942 g CO2 and 4.476 g H2O. What is the empirical formula of the
compound?
A) C7H14O
B) C7H7O
C) C7H14O7
D) CH2O
E) C6H12O
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 3-3
64
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
69) Naphthalene, commonly found in mothballs, is 93.75% carbon and 6.25% hydrogen by mass. If
naphthalene's molecular formula is twice its empirical formula, what would its molar mass be?
A) 64 u
B) 96 u
C) 128 u
D) 192 u
E) 160 u
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 3-3
70) An organic compound contains C, H, and O. The percentages of H and C are 6.73% H, and 39.99%
C by mass. The molar mass is 60.06 u. What is the molecular formula of the compound?
A) CH2O
B) C3H6O3
C) C2H3O2
D) C2H4O2
E) C4H8O4
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 3-3
71) From the following percent by mass compositions, determine the empirical formula of the
compound. Li = 18.0%, P = 26.7%, O = 55.3%
A) LiPO2
B) Li3PO4
C) LiPO3
D) Li3PO3
E) LiPO4
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 3-3
72) A compound is found to have the following percent composition by mass: 38.7% K, 13.8% N,
47.5% O. What is the empirical formula of the compound?
A) KNO3
B) KNO2
C) K2NO2
D) K2NO3
E) K2N2O3
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 3-3
65
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
73) What is the oxidation state of chlorine in sodium hypochlorite?
A) +1
B) -1
C) +2
D) +3
E) +5
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 3-4
74) The element M forms the chloride MCl4 containing 75.0% Cl by mass. What is the atomic weight of
M?
A) 22.7 g/mol
B) 21.2 g/mol
C) 11.8 g/mol
D) 39.55 g/mol
E) 47.3 g/mol
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 3-3
75) How many grams of H2O are there in 10.0 g of tetraphenylarsonium chloride dihydrate,
(C6H5)4AsCl · 2 H2O?
A) 0.860 g
B) 0.792 g
C) 0.430 g
D) 0.396 g
E) 0.239 g
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 3-3
76) A 1.500 g sample of compound containing only C, H, and O was burned completely. The only
combustion products were 1.738 g CO2 and 0.711 g H2O. What is the empirical formula of the
compound?
A) CH2O2
B) CH2O
C) C2H4O3
D) CHO
E) CH4O
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 3-3
66
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
77) A compound has the following percentage composition, by weight: 22.0% Cu, 12.9% Fe, 16.6% C,
19.4% N, and 29.1% H2O. Write a plausible (empirical) formula for this hydrate.
A) CuFe(CN)4 ∙ 4 H2O
B) CuF(CN)4 ∙ 5 H2O
C) Cu3Fe2(CN)12 ∙ 14 H2O
D) CuF(CN)4
E) Cu3Fe2(CN)12
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 3-3
78) To produce ferrocene one requires 2.33 g of C5H5 (65.0 g/mol) for every 1.00 g of Fe used
(55.9 g/mol). What is the value of x in the formula of ferrocene: Fe · x C5H5?
A) 1
B) 2
C) 3
D) 4
E) 5
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 3-3
79) 4.72 g of a compound of carbon, hydrogen, and silver was burned in an atmosphere of oxygen,
yielding 7.95 g of CO2, 1.02 g of H2O, and 3.02 g of a mixture of silver and silver oxide. Because the
production of this mixture yielded an indeterminate value for the amount of silver, another sample of the
compound weighing 8.12 g was reacted with a solution of NaCl, yielding 5.57 g of AgCl. What is the
empirical formula of the compound?
A) C5H5Ag
B) C8H8Ag
C) C8H5Cl
D) C8H5Ag
E) C5H8Ag
Answer: D
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 3-3
80) The analysis of 0.246 g of organic compound. gives 0.656 g CO2, 0.134 g H2O, and 1.86 × 10-3
mol N2 gas. What would be the empirical formula of this organic compound?
A) C3H3N
B) C4H4N
C) C2H2N2
D) C2H2N
E) C3H3N2
Answer: B
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 3-3
67
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
81) What is the mass percent of H2O in magnesium chloride hexahydrate?
A) 10.7%
B) 64.4%
C) 8.86%
D) 26.6%
E) 53.2%
Answer: E
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 3-3
82) The oxidation state of silver in the complex ion Ag(CN) 2- is ________.
A) -1
B) +1
C) 0
D) +2
E) -2
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 3-4
68
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
85) The oxidation state of oxygen in oxygen difluoride, OF2, is ________.
A) -1
B) +1
C) -2
D) +2
E) - 1/2
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 3-4
69
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
89) The correct chemical name for the compound SbCl 3 is ________.
A) tin trichloride
B) antimony trichloride
C) stannous trichloride
D) antimony chloride
E) antimony(III) chloride
Answer: E
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 3-6
90) The correct chemical name for the substance Al(OH)3 is ________.
A) aluminum hydroxide
B) aluminum trihydroxide
C) aluminum oxytrihydrate
D) aluminum(III) hydroxide
E) aluminum trihydrogenoxide
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 3-6
91) The correct chemical name for the compound KNO2 is ________.
A) potassium nitrate
B) potassium nitrite
C) potassium nitrogen dioxide
D) potassium nitrous oxide
E) potassium hyponitrite
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 3-6
70
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
94) The correct chemical name for the compound HIO is ________.
A) periodic acid
B) hydrogen iodide oxide
C) hydrogen iodite
D) hypoiodous acid
E) hypoiodic acid
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 3-6
95) What is the correct name for the following organic structure?
CH3CH2CHBrCH2CH3
A) 3-bromopentane
B) 3-bromopropane
C) 1-bromo-1-ethylpropane
D) pentane
E) pentylbromide
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 3-7
96) What is the correct name for the following organic structure?
CH3C(CH3)2CH3
A) pentane
B) 2,2-dimethylpropane
C) 2-methylbutane
D) 1,3-dimethylpropane
E) 2-ethylpropane
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 3-7
97) What is the correct name for the following organic structure?
CH3CH(OH)CH2CH2CH2CH3
A) pentyl alcohol
B) 5-hexanol
C) 2-hexanol
D) 1-methylpentanol
E) 2-methylpentanol
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 3-7
71
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
98) What is the correct name for the following organic structure?
CH3CH2CH2CHClCH2CH2CH2COOH
A) octanoic acid
B) octylchloride
C) 5-octylchloride
D) 5-chlorooctanoic acid
E) 4-chlorooctanoic acid
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 3-7
99) What is the correct name for the following organic structure?
CH2 CHCH2CH(CH3)CH3
A) hexene
B) hexane
C) 1-hexene
D) 4-methyl-2-pentene
E) 4-methyl-1-pentene
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 3-7
100) The suffix -ol designates the presence of which functional group?
A) -OH
B) -COOH
C) -CH3
D) -COOCH3
E) -C(O)H
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 3-7
72
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
Chemical Reactions
2) In a balanced equation, the number of atoms of each element in the products must equal to the
number of atoms of each element in the reactants.
Answer: TRUE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 4-1
4) In a chemical equation, Δ above the yield sign means the reaction will produce heat.
Answer: FALSE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 4-1
5) Stoichiometric factor relates the amounts, in moles, of any two substances involved in chemical
reaction.
Answer: TRUE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 4-2
6) In a solution of alcohol and water that is 70% water, alcohol is the solvent.
Answer: FALSE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 4-3
8) The numbers in front of formulas in balanced equations are called stoichiometric coefficients.
Answer: TRUE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 4-3
11) When the equation K2S2O3 + I2 → K2S4O6 + KI is balanced with the smallest integer coefficients,
the coefficient of KI is:
A) 2
B) 1
C) 3
D) 4
E) 5
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 4-1
12) When the equation Fe2(C2O4)3 → FeC2O4 + CO2 is balanced with the smallest integer
coefficients, the coefficient of CO2 is:
A) 1
B) 2
C) 4
D) 3
E) 5
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 4-1
13) When the equation CS2 + Cl2 → CCl4 + S2Cl2 is balanced with the smallest integer coefficients,
the sum of the coefficients is:
A) 5
B) 6
C) 4
D) 3
E) 7
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 4-1
74
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
14) What is the sum of the coefficients when the following is balanced with the smallest integer
coefficients?
K2O + H2O → KOH
A) 2
B) 6
C) 3
D) 8
E) 4
Answer: E
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 4-1
15) What is the sum of the coefficients when the following is balanced with the smallest integer
coefficients?
Na + HCl → NaCl + H2
A) 7
B) 4
C) 2
D) 10
E) 9
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 4-1
16) What is the sum of the coefficients in the balanced equation that represents the complete combustion
of the relatively new gasoline additive "MTBE," for which the molecular formula is C 5H12O?
A) 39
B) 37
C) 29
D) 24
E) 20
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 4-1
17) How many grams of N2 are required to react with 2.30 moles of Mg in the following process?
3 Mg + N2 → Mg3N2? (Mg = 24.3 g/mol, N = 14.0 g/mol)
A) 21.5 g
B) 0.767 g
C) 64.4 g
D) 0.027 g
E) 193.2 g
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 4-2
75
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
18) How many moles of H3PO4 are produced when 20.0 g of HCl are produced by the reaction
PCl5 + 4 H2O → H3PO4 + 5 HCl?
A) (20.0/36.5) g
B) (20.0/35.5)/5 g
C) (20.0/36.5)/5 g
D) (20.0/98.0) g
E) (20.0/98.0)/5 g
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 4-2
19) For the reaction 2 Al + Fe2O3 → Al2O3 + 2 Fe, 2.5 g of Al (27.0 g/mol) and 7.2 g of
Fe2O3 (159.8 g/mol) produce how many g of Fe (55.9 g/mol)?
A) 2.5 (55.9/27.0) g
B) 2.5 (55.9)(2)/(27.0)(2) g
C) 7.2 (55.9)(2)/159.8 g
D) 7.2 (55.9/159.8) g
E) 2.5 (55.9/159.8) g
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 4-2
20) Which metal will produce the most hydrogen per gram of metal?
A) 2 Li + 2 HCl → 2 LiCl + H2
B) Sn + 4 HCl → SnCl4 + 2 H2
C) 2 Fe + 6 HCl →2 FeCl3 + 3 H2
D) Mg + 2 HCl → MgCl2 + H2
E) 2 Cr + 6 HCl → 2 CrCl3 + 3H2
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 4-2
21) Potassium superoxide (KO2) can simulate a plant-type action by consuming carbon dioxide (CO2)
gas and releasing oxygen (O2) gas. The other product is potassium carbonate (K2CO3). When the
equation for this process is balanced, it shows that:
A) 3 mol oxygen is produced per mol KO2 consumed
B) 2 mol KO2 is consumed per mol carbon dioxide
C) moles of reactants equals moles of product
D) 3 g of oxygen is produced per 2 g CO2 consumed
E) moles of products exceed moles of reactants
Answer: B
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 4-2
76
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
22) Gases emitted during volcanic activity often contain high concentrations of hydrogen sulfide and
sulfur dioxide. These gases may react to produce deposits of sulfur according to the equation:
2 H2S(g) + SO2(g) → 3 S(s) + 2 H2O(g)
For the complete reaction of 6.41 mol of hydrogen sulfide:
A) 308 g of sulfur is formed
B) 410 g of sulfur dioxide is consumed
C) 231 g of water vapor is produced
D) 320 g of total products result
E) 628 g of total reactants are consumed
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 4-2
23) Which of the following processes could theoretically produce the maximum mass of oxygen per
gram of metal salt reactant?
A) 2 KClO3 → 2 KCl + 3 O2
B) 4 KO2 + 2 CO2 → 2 K2CO3 + 3 O2
C) 2 Na2O2 + 2 H2SO4 → 2 H2O + O2
D) 2 HgO → 2 Hg + O2
E) NaBrO2 → NaBr + O2
Answer: A
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 4-2
25) 24.0 g of ethane (C2H6) are burned to form CO2 and H2O. How many grams of CO2 are produced?
A) 32.8 g
B) 14.4 g
C) 43.2 g
D) 35.1 g
E) 70.3 g
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 4-2
77
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
26) Given the following reaction:
Na2SO4(s) + 2 C(s) → Na2S(s) + 2 CO2(g)
How many grams of carbon are required to produce 18.4 g Na2S(s)?
A) 11.3 g
B) 5.66 g
C) 2.83 g
D) 239 g
E) 142 g
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 4-2
27) A 1.900 g sample of C6H12 is burned in an excess of oxygen. What mass of CO 2 and H2O should
be obtained?
A) 0.994 g CO2, 0.407 g H2O
B) 2.98 g CO2, 1.22 g H2O
C) 5.96 g CO2, 2.44 g H2O
D) 10.45 g CO2, 4.27 g G H2O
E) 5.23 g CO2, 2.38 g H2O
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 4-2
29) Which of the following represents a 1.00 M aqueous solution of glucose (C 6H12O6)?
A) 90.0 g glucose per 500 mL water
B) 10.0 g glucose per 10.0 mL water
C) 0.180 g glucose per mL solution
D) 0.100 g glucose per mL solution
E) 4.5 g glucose per 4.5 g water
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 4-3
78
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
30) What is the molarity of 10.9 g KCl dissolved in 150.0 mL of water?
A) 0.0727 M
B) 0.146 M
C) 0.975 M
D) 0.0219 M
E) 0.667 M
Answer: C
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 4-3
31) 45.8 mL of a 3.14 M sodium chloride solution were used to react completely with 50.0 mL of an
aqueous silver nitrate solution. What is the molarity of the silver nitrate solution?
A) 2.88 M
B) 1.50 M
C) 3.14 M
D) 3.42 M
E) 1.71 M
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 4-3
32) For the reaction symbolized as HCl(aq) + NaOH(aq) → NaCl(aq) + H2O(l) water is both:
A) a reactant and the solute
B) a reactant and the solvent
C) a product and the solute
D) a product and the solvent
E) a liquid and the intermediate
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 4-3
33) How many mL of 0.024 M solution can be produced from 14.1 mL of 3.0 M solution?
A) (14.1)(0.024)(3.0) mL
B) 14.1(0.024/3.0) mL
C) 14.1(3.0/0.024) mL
D) (14.1/0.024)/3.0 mL
E) (0.024×3)/14.1 mL
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 4-3
79
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
34) 52.5 mL of a solution were diluted to a volume of 6.25 L and then had a concentration of 3.16 M.
What was the molarity of the initial solution?
A) 3.16(52.5/6.25) M
B) 3.16(6.25/52.5) M
C) (3.16)(52.5)(6.25) M
D) 3.16(52.5/6250) M
E) (6.25)(3.16)/0.0525 M
Answer: E
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 4-3
35) If 85.6 mL of a 6.75 M solution are diluted to 6.20 L with water, what is the concentration of the
final solution?
A) 6.75 (6.20/85.6) M
B) 6.75 (8.56/6.20) M
C) 6.75 (6200/85.6) M
D) 6.75 (85.6/6200) M
E) 8.56 (6.20/6.75) M
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 4-3
36) What volume of 6.0 M sulfuric acid is required for the preparation of 500.0 mL of 0.30 M solution?
A) 100 mL
B) 50 mL
C) 40 mL
D) 30 mL
E) 25 mL
Answer: E
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 4-3
37) If 5.97 mL of a solution of NaCl contains 2.54 mg of sodium ion, what is the molarity of the sodium
chloride solution?
A) 0.425 M
B) 1.85 × 10-2 M
C) 1.85 × 10-5 M
D) 7.28 × 10-3 M
E) 0.102 M
Answer: B
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 4-3
80
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
38) What mass of trisodium phosphate is required to prepare 250.0 mL of a solution that is 0.30 M in
sodium ion?
A) 37 g
B) 12 g
C) 7.7 g
D) 4.1 g
E) 3.0 g
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 4-3
39) What volume of concentrated acetic acid (CH3CO2H, density 1.05 g mL-1) is needed to prepare
250 mL of a 0.30 M aqueous solution?
A) 4.7 mL
B) 4.3 mL
C) 3.0 mL
D) 2.5 mL
E) 2.2 mL
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 4-3
40) What volume of 2.0 M HCl, in mL, is required to dissolve a 10.0 g piece of Zn?
Zn(s) + 2 HCl → ZnCl2 + H2(g)
A) 76 mL
B) 330 mL
C) 170 mL
D) 310 mL
E) 150 mL
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 4-3
41) How many grams of a solid mixture containing strontium chloride would one need to make 558 mL
of a 0.100 M strontium chloride solution, if the solid mixture contains 58.6% strontium chloride by
weight?
A) 6.62 g
B) 15.1 g
C) 8.85 g
D) 5.19 g
E) 9.52 g
Answer: B
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 4-3
81
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
42) How many grams of CrSO4 will be made from 25.0 grams each of Zn, K2Cr2O7, and H2SO4?
4 Zn + K2Cr2O7 + 7 H2SO4 → 4 ZnSO4 + 2 CrSO4 + K2SO4 + 7 H2O
A) 10.8 g
B) 28.3 g
C) 25.2 g
D) 12.6 g
E) 37.8 g
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 4-4
44) How many grams of ZnSO4 will be made from 41.0 grams each of Zn, K2Cr2O7, and H2SO4?
4 Zn + K2Cr2O7 + 7 H2SO4 → 4 ZnSO4 + 2 CrSO4 + K2SO4 + 7 H2O
A) 67.6 g
B) 38.6 g
C) 101 g
D) 20.6 g
E) 82.5 g
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 4-4
45) 42.6 g Cu are combined with 84.0 g of HNO3 according to the reaction:
3 Cu + 8 HNO3 → 3 Cu(NO3)2 + 2 NO + 4 H2O.
Which reagent is limiting and how many grams of Cu(NO3)2 are produced?
A) Cu, 93.8 g
B) HNO3, 93.8 g
C) Cu, 125.6 g
D) HNO3, 125.6 g
E) Cu(NO3)2, 125.6 g
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 4-5
82
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
46) Consider the gaseous reaction:
N2H4(g) + 3 O2(g) → 2 NO2(g) + 2 H2O(g)
If the above reaction has a percent yield of 98.5%, what mass in grams of oxygen is needed to produce
49.0 g of NO2(g), assuming an excess of N2H4?
A) 50.4 g
B) 51.9 g
C) 25.9 g
D) 23.1 g
E) 11.5 g
Answer: B
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 4-5
47) If 0.500 mol of CaCl2 is mixed with 0.200 mol Na3PO4, the maximum amount in moles of
Ca3(PO4)2 that can be formed is:
A) 0.17
B) 0.20
C) 0.10
D) 0.67
E) 0.50
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 4-5
48) The Haber Process for the production of ammonia is represented by:
3 H2(g) + N2(g) → 2 NH3(g)
If a mixture of 30 g of hydrogen with 10 g of nitrogen produced 8.4 g of ammonia, what was the percent
yield?
A) 84%
B) 69%
C) 49%
D) 28%
E) 20%
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 4-5
51) One source of iodine is sodium iodate. Iodine is produced by a series of reactions. The first reaction
is a reduction reaction with sodium hydrogen sulfite.
IO3-( aq) + 3 HSO3- (aq) → I- (aq) + 3 SO42- (aq) + 3 H+(aq)
5 I- (aq) + IO3- (aq) + 6 H+ (aq) → 3 I2(s) + 3 H2O
How many grams of iodine are produced from 1.00 × 102 grams of NaHSO3 if each reaction has a
95.0% yield?
A) 48.8 g
B) 51.4 g
C) 185 g
D) 46.3 g
E) 44.0 g
Answer: E
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 4-5
52) If 8.52 g each of zinc, potassium dichromate, and sulfuric acid are reacted by the reaction:
4 Zn + K2Cr2O7 + 7 H2SO4→ 4 ZnSO4 + 2 CrSO4 +K2SO4 + 7 H2O
how many grams of potassium dichromate will be left unreacted?
A) 1.05 g
B) 2.84 g
C) 7.30 g
D) 4.87 g
E) 3.65 g
Answer: D
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 4-5
84
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
53) Given the following reactions:
Fe + Br2 → FeBr2
3 FeBr2 + Br2 → Fe3Br8
If each reaction is 82.0% efficient, what mass of iron is necessary to make 8.45 g of Fe3Br8?
A) 0.870 g
B) 3.73 g
C) 2.14 g
D) 1.75 g
E) 2.61 g
Answer: E
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 4-5
54) What is the sum of the coefficients when the following is balanced with the smallest integer
coefficients?
Al + Fe2O3 → Al2O3 + Fe
A) 4
B) 6
C) 12
D) 9
E) 8
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 4-1
55) What is the sum of the coefficients when the following is balanced with the smallest integer
coefficients?
CaC2(s) + H2O(l) → Ca(OH)2(s) + C2H2(g)
A) 8
B) 4
C) 5
D) 10
E) 9
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 4-1
56) What is the sum of the coefficients when the following is balanced with the smallest integer
coefficients?
KClO3(s) → KCl(s) + O2(g)
A) 11
B) 10
C) 5
D) 7
E) 6
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 4-1
85
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
57) What is the sum of the coefficients when the following is balanced with the smallest integer
coefficients?
PCl3(l) + Cl2(g) + P4O10(s) → POCl3(l)
A) 3
B) 18
C) 45
D) 10
E) 23
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 4-1
58) What is the sum of the coefficients when the following is balanced with the smallest integer
coefficients?
Al(s) + HCl(aq) → AlCl3(aq) + H2(g)
A) 13
B) 11
C) 18
D) 19
E) 21
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 4-1
59) What is the sum of the coefficients when the following is balanced with the smallest integer
coefficients?
H2(g) + O2(g) → H2O(l)
A) 4
B) 5
C) 8
D) 9
E) 7
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 4-1
60) What is the sum of the coefficients when the following is balanced with the smallest integer
coefficients?
C2H6 + O2 → CO2 + H2O
A) 5
B) 10
C) 19
D) 21
E) 25
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 4-1
86
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
61) What is the sum of the coefficients when the following is balanced with the smallest integer
coefficients?
CH3OH → CO + H2
A) 3
B) 8
C) 5
D) 4
E) 7
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 4-1
62) What is the sum of the coefficients when the following equation is balanced with the smallest
integer coefficients?
H2SO3 + Al(OH)3 → Al2(SO3)3 + H2O
A) 4
B) 5
C) 11
D) 12
E) 14
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 4-1
63) Write the complete balanced equation for the complete combustion reaction expected to occur
between C3H7OH and O2.
A) C3H7OH + O2 → 3 CO2 + 4 H2O
B) 2 C3H7OH + 9 CO2 → 6 CO2 + 8 H2O + 9 C
C) 2 C3H7OH + 6 CO2 → CO + 8 H2O
D) 2 C3H7OH + 9 O2 → 6 CO2 + 8 H2O
E) 2 C3H7OH + 9 O2 → 6 C + 8 H2 + 10 O2
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 4-1
64) The chemical reaction occurring during the discharge of a lead storage battery can be represented by
the equation: Pb(s) + PbO2(s) + 2 H2SO4(aq) → 2 PbSO4(s) + 2 H2O(l)
What mass of lead sulfate would result from the complete reaction of 41.4 g of lead?
A) 57.6 g
B) 60.5 g
C) 105 g
D) 115 g
E) 121 g
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 4-2
87
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
65) How much Cl2, in g, is required to produce 12.0 g CCl4 according to the following reaction?
CH4 + 4 Cl2 → CCl4 + 4 HCl
A) 12.0 g
B) 5.52 g
C) 22.1 g
D) 1.38 g
E) 11.0 g
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 4-2
66) What mass of water is produced in the metathesis reaction 75.2 g Zn(OH) 2 with 43.4 g HCl?
A) 13.6 g
B) 27.3 g
C) 10.7 g
D) 21.4 g
E) 31.8 g
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 4-2
67) What mass of oxygen gas would be consumed by the complete combustion of 7.5 g of a mixture of
propane (C3H8) and butane (C4H10) in the mole ratio of C3H8/C4H10 = 1.33?
A) 3.9 g
B) 11 g
C) 14 g
D) 21 g
E) 27 g
Answer: E
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 4-2
68) Our task is to measure the volume of blood in an elephant. One way to do this would be to drain its
blood into a suitable container. Aside from harmful side effects which this method has on the elephant, it
will not be successful, as blood will still remain behind in the tissues. Hence, we will inject 2.00 ml of a
2.00 M solution of a dye which the elephant will not appreciably metabolize or excrete in one hour and
then measure the concentration of this dye in the bloodstream (our sample being taken from another leg
than the point of injection) after 30 minutes, a sufficient time to thoroughly mix the dye in the
bloodstream. The concentration of dye at this point is 1.25 x 10-5 M. What is the volume of blood in the
elephant?
A) 320. L
B) 320000 L
C) 3.2 L
D) 80 L
E) 800 L
Answer: A
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 4-3
88
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
69) What is the molarity of formaldehyde in a solution containing 0.25 g of formaldehyde (CH2O) per
mL?
A) 2.5 M
B) 25 M
C) 8.3 M
D) 83 M
E) 4.0 M
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 4-3
70) "Washing soda" (sodium carbonate) may be used to "soften" water by the removal of certain ions
that would otherwise react with common soaps. When the "hardness" is due to calcium ion, the
"softening" process may be represented as:
Ca2+(aq) + CO32-(aq) → CaCO3(s)
What mass of sodium carbonate would be required to remove essentially all of the calcium ion from 750
L of solution containing 43 mg Ca2+ per liter?
A) 85 g
B) 67 g
C) 12 g
D) 48 g
E) 22 g
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 4-3
71) If an aqueous solution containing 46 g of sodium carbonate per liter is mixed with an equal volume
of 0.20 M aqueous hydrochloric acid, what would be the molarity of sodium chloride in the final
solution, assuming volumes were additive?
A) 0.10 M
B) 0.20 M
C) 0.22 M
D) 0.43 M
E) 0.50 M
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 4-3
72) The molarity of a solution that contains 14.7 g of H2SO4 in 200.0 mL solution is ________.
A) 1.5 M
B) 0.75 M
C) 0.77 M
D) 7.4 M
E) 3.0 M
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 4-3
89
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
73) What is the molarity of methanol, CH3OH (d = 0792 g/mL), if 150.0 mL is dissolved in enough
water to make 4.00 L of solution?
A) 3.71 M
B) 1.17 M
C) 1.48 M
D) 0.927 M
E) 0.734 M
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 4-3
74) What is the molarity of a sucrose solution (C12H22O11) if 110.0 g of a 92.0% pure solid is
dissolved per 250.0 mL of water?
A) 0.296 M
B) 1.29 M
C) 0.321 M
D) 1.40 M
E) 1.18 M
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 4-3
75) What mass of MgCl2 in grams must be added to 250.0 mL of a 0.25 M MgCl2 solution to produce a
0.40 M solution, assuming no change of volume upon addition?
A) 9.5 g
B) 6.0 g
C) 2.2 g
D) 3.6 g
E) 19 g
Answer: D
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 4-3
76) You have 10.00 L of a 0.350 M KCl solution, but you need a solution that is 0.450 M. What volume
of water, in L, would you evaporate from the solution?
A) 4.38 L
B) 3.50 L
C) 2.85 L
D) 7.77 L
E) 2.22 L
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 4-3
90
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
77) To measure the volume of an irregularly shaped container filled with water, 1.00 mL of 2.00 M
potassium chloride solution is added. After stirring, a 5.00 mL sample was found to contain 2.54 × 10-2
mg of potassium ion. What is the volume of the container?
A) 15.4 L
B) 29.4 L
C) 2.94 × 104 L
D) 3.97 × 10-4 L
E) 2.54 L
Answer: A
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 4-4
79) The chemical reaction during low current discharge of a simple "dry cell" involves:
(unbalanced) Zn + MnO2 + NH4Cl → ZnCl2 + Mn2O3 + NH3 + H2O
What is the coefficient for zinc in the balanced equation that uses the lowest whole number ratios, and
what is the limiting reagent for a process in which equal masses of reactants are mixed?
A) 1/Zn
B) 2/Zn
C) 1/MnO2
D) 2/MnO2
E) 2/NH4Cl
Answer: C
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 4-4
91
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
80) The chemical reaction occurring during the discharge of a lead storage battery can be represented by
the equation:
Pb(s) + PbO2(s) +2 H2SO4(aq) → 2 PbSO4(s) + 2 H2O(l)
Which is the limiting reagent and the amount of PbSO4 produced if 53.0 g of Pb, 77.3 g of PbO2, and
534 mL of 0.544 M solution of H2SO4 is used?
A) PbO2, 196 g
B) Pb, 77.6 g
C) Pb, 155 g
D) H2SO4, 88.1 g
E) H2SO4, 176 g
Answer: D
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 4-5
81) The chemical reaction occurring during the discharge of a lead storage battery can be represented by
the equation:
Pb(s) + PbO2(s) + 2 H2SO4(aq) → 2 PbSO4(s) + 2 H2O(l)
Which is the limiting reagent and the amount of PbSO4 produced if 39.8 g of Pb, 57.9 g of PbO2, and
352 mL of 0.375 M solution of H2SO4 is used?
A) PbO2, 146 g
B) Pb, 58.2 g
C) Pb, 116 g
D) H2SO4, 80.0 g
E) H2SO4, 40.0 g
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 4-5
82) What is the percent yield if 185 grams of SiO2 are made from 328 g of Cr2O3 by the following
equation?
3 Si(s) + 2 Cr2O3(s) → 3 SiO2(s) + 4 Cr(l)
A) 142%
B) 70%
C) 56%
D) 105%
E) 95%
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 4-5
92
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
83) What is the percent yield if 122 grams of SiO2 are made from 246 g of Cr2O3 by the following
equation?
3 Si(s) + 2 Cr2O3(s) → 3 SiO2(s) + 4 Cr(l)
A) 83.6%
B) 49.6%
C) 125%
D) 33.1%
E) 59.3%
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 4-5
85) How many grams of sulfuric acid, H2SO4, can be obtained from 578 grams of iron ore if the ore is
76.0% by mass FeS? The reactions involved are given below. Each reaction is 92.0% efficient.
4 FeS + 7O2 → 2 Fe2O3 + 4 SO2
2 SO2 + O2 → 2 SO3
SO3 + H2O → H2SO4
A) 502 g
B) 307 g
C) 382 g
D) 95.5 g
E) 629 g
Answer: C
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 4-5
93
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
86) Sulfuric acid can be prepared by a multistep process summarized as:
2 SO2 + O2 + 2 H2O → 2 H2SO4
What mass of sulfuric acid could be produced daily by a process using 38 kg per day of sulfur dioxide
with a 70% conversion efficiency ("yield"), assuming that sulfur dioxide is the limiting reagent?
A) 27 kg/day
B) 41 kg/day
C) 54 kg/day
D) 58 kg/day
E) 83 kg/day
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 4-5
87) Nitroglycerin, used both in medicine and as an explosive, can be prepared by the carefully controlled
reaction of glycerol (C3H8O3) with nitric acid, as symbolized by:
C3H8O3 + 3 HNO3 → C3H5N3O9 + 3 H2O
What mass of nitric acid is required for the production of 2.8 g of nitroglycerin by a process having a
67% yield?
A) 2.3 g
B) 0.39 g
C) 1.6 g
D) 3.5 g
E) 1.2 g
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 4-5
88) Chromium in its +VI oxidation state is considered a hazardous, carcinogenic species, destruction of
which may be accomplished by the process symbolized as:
4 Zn + K2Cr2O7 + 7 H2SO4 → 4 ZnSO4 + 2 CrSO4 + K2SO4 + 7 H2O
If 1.0 mol of each reactant is mixed, what is the limiting reagent, and what is the theoretical yield of
chromium(II) sulfate?
A) Zn, 0.50 mol
B) K2Cr2O7, 2.0 mol
C) H2SO4, 0.29 mol
D) H2, 1.0 mol
E) no limiting reagent, 1.0 mol
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 4-5
94
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
89) In the following reaction:
2 KClO3(s) → 2 KCl(s) + 3 O2(g)
14.0 g KClO3 yielded 1.40 g KCl. What is the percent yield?
A) 6.08%
B) 16.4%
C) 11.0%
D) 32.9%
E) 10.0%
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 4-5
90) Cryolite is a compound needed for the Hall-Heroult process for producing aluminum. Cryolite is
produced by the following reaction:
6 HF + Al(OH)3 + 3 NaOH → Na3AlF6 + 6 H2O
How many grams of cryolite are produced if the reaction has a 67.3% yield and a limiting reagent of
35.4 grams of NaOH?
A) 61.9 g
B) 41.7 g
C) 125 g
D) 186 g
E) 20.2 g
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 4-5
91) One source of iodine is sodium iodate. Iodine is produced by a series of reactions. The first reaction
is a reduction reaction with sodium hydrogen sulfite.
IO3- (aq) + 3 HSO3- (aq) → I- (aq) + 3 SO42- (aq) + 3 H+ (aq)
5 I- (aq) + IO3- (aq) + 6 H+ (aq) → 3 I2(s) + 3 H2O
How many grams of iodine are produced from 1.00 × 102 grams of NaHSO3?
A) 81.3 g
B) 243 g
C) 62.6 g
D) 48.8 g
E) 205 g
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 4-5
95
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
92) If 8.52 g each of zinc, potassium dichromate, and sulfuric acid are reacted by the reaction:
4 Zn + K2Cr2O7 + 7 H2SO4→ 4 ZnSO4 + 2 CrSO4 +K2SO4 + 7 H2O
How many grams of zinc will be left unreacted?
A) 0.94 g
B) 3.65 g
C) 5.27 g
D) 1.89 g
E) 3.25 g
Answer: C
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 4-5
93) In the reaction: 4 Zn + K2Cr2O7 + 7 H2SO4→ 4 ZnSO4 + 2 CrSO4 +K2SO4 + 7 H2O, if 25.4 g of
zinc sulfate is to be made, how many grams of potassium dichromate is required?
A) 13.9 g
B) 3.48 g
C) 46.3 g
D) 6.35 g
E) 11.6 g
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 4-5
94) If the percent yield is 82.0%, how many grams of silicon is needed to make 105 g of chromium by
the reaction: 3 Si (s) + 2 Cr203 (s) → 3 SiO2 (s) + 4 Cr (l)?
A) 51.9 g
B) 92.2 g
C) 42.5 g
D) 34.9 g
E) 13.0 g
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 4-5
95) Acetylene gas may be produced by carefully adding water to calcium carbide, according to the
equation:
CaC2(s) + 2 H2O(l) → Ca(OH)2(s) + C2H2(g)
When a 37 g sample of an impure calcium carbide was treated with excess water, 13 g of acetylene gas
was produced. If the reaction is essentially 100% efficient, what was the percentage of nonreacting
impurity in the carbide sample?
A) 86%
B) 58%
C) 42%
D) 35%
E) 13.5%
Answer: E
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 4-5
96
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
96) Given the following reactions:
Fe + Br2 → FeBr2
3 FeBr2 + Br2 → Fe3Br8
If each reaction is 82.0% efficient, what mass of Fe 3Br8 is produced from 1.00 g Fe?
A) 4.81 g
B) 3.94 g
C) 2.65 g
D) 3.24 g
E) 2.57 g
Answer: D
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 4-5
97) 306 mL of a 0.208 M solution of silver nitrate will react with 146 mL of a 0.170 M solution of
sodium phosphate to produce how many grams of silver phosphate precipitate? The balanced reaction is:
3 AgNO3 + Na3PO4 → Ag3PO4 + 3 NaNO3
A) 8.88 g
B) 26.6 g
C) 14.2 g
D) 10.4 g
E) 1.51 g
Answer: A
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 4-5
98) How many grams of sulfuric acid, H2SO4, can be obtained from 400 grams of iron ore if the ore is
80.0% by mass FeS? The reactions involved are given below.
4 FeS + 7O2 → 2 Fe2O3 + 4 SO2
2 SO2 + O2 → 2 SO3
SO3 + H2O → H2SO4
A) 557 g
B) 446 g
C) 357 g
D) 287 g
E) 89.3 g
Answer: C
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 4-5
97
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
99) How many grams of iron(II) sulfide is required to make 225 g of sulfuric acid, H2SO4? The
reactions involved are given below.
4 FeS + 17O2 → 2 Fe2O3 + 4 SO2
2 SO2 + O2 → 2 SO3
SO3 + H2O → H2SO4
A) 101 g
B) 251 g
C) 126 g
D) 202 g
E) 502 g
Answer: D
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 4-5
100) What thickness (in cm) is the silicon block (density = 2.33 g/cm 3) that is 2.87 cm wide and long
necessary to react with 91.3 g of Cr2O3 by the reaction: 3 Si (s) + 2 Cr2O3 (s) → 3 SiO2 (s) + 4 Cr (l)?
A) 2.05 cm
B) 1.32 cm
C) 3.08 cm
D) 8.98 cm
E) 3.79 cm
Answer: B
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 4-5
98
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
Gases
2) The relationship between the "absolute temperature" on the Kelvin scale and the Celsius temperature
is given by T(K) = 5/8[t(°C)] - 32
Answer: FALSE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 6-2
3) Liquid mercury freezes at a temperature of -39°C. The freezing point of mercury on the Kelvin scale
is 234 K
Answer: TRUE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 6-2
4) The statement, "For a fixed mass of gas at constant temperature, gas volume is inversely proportional
to gas pressure" is known as Charles' Law .
Answer: FALSE
Diff: 2 Type: TF
Reference: Section 6-2
5) The ideal gas equation connects three basic variables: volume, amount, and temperature of a gas.
Answer: FALSE
Diff: 2 Type: TF
Reference: Section 6-3
7) A gaseous mixture consists of 50.0% O2, 25.0% N2, and 25.0% Cl2, by mass. At standard
temperature and pressure, the partial pressure of N2(g) is equal to 0.20 atm.
Answer: FALSE
Diff: 3 Type: TF
Reference: Section 6-6
8) According to the kinetic-molecular theory of gases, at constant temperature, all particles have equal
translational kinetic energy.
Answer: FALSE
Diff: 2 Type: TF
Reference: Section 6-7
99
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
9) If someone were to light a cigar at one end of a closed room, persons at the other end of the room
might soon perceive an odor due to gaseous emissions from the cigar. Such a phenomenon is an example
of effusion.
Answer: FALSE
Diff: 2 Type: TF
Reference: Section 6-8
10) The mutual attraction of gas molecules is an important aspect of van der Waals' equation.
Answer: TRUE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 6-9
13) To increase the volume of a fixed amount of gas from 100 cm 3 to 200 cm3:
A) increase the temperature from 25.0 to 50.0°C at constant pressure
B) increase the pressure from 1.00 to 2.00 atm at constant temperature
C) reduce the temperature from 400 K to 200 K at constant pressure
D) reduce the pressure from 608 mm Hg to 0.40 atm at constant temperature
E) decrease the temperature from 600 K to 400 K
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 6-2
100
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
14) If gas volume is doubled but the temperature remains constant:
A) the pressure stays the same
B) the molecules move faster
C) the final pressure is twice the pressure before the volume change.
D) the molecules move slower
E) the final pressure is 1/2 of the pressure before the volume change.
Answer: E
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 6-2
15) The relationship between the "absolute temperature" on the Kelvin scale and the Celsius temperature
is given by:
A) T(K) = t(°C) + 273.15
B) t(°C) = T(K) + 273.15
C) T(K) = 5/8[t(°C)] - 32
D) T(K) = 8/5[t(°C)] + 32
E) t(°C) = 98.6 + T(K)
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 6-2
16) The statement, "For a fixed mass of gas at constant temperature, gas volume is inversely
proportional to gas pressure." is known as:
A) Avogadro's Law
B) Boyle's Law
C) Charles' Law
D) Graham's Law
E) Kelvin's Law
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 6-2
17) Two containers are connected by an open tube. One container (A) is at 300 K, the other (B) is at 600
K. These two containers must have:
A) equal number of moles
B) greater pressure in A than B
C) greater pressure in B than A
D) equal volume
E) none of these
Answer: E
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 6-2
101
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
18) Of the following values, the most likely to be observed for the volume of 1.00 mole of He(g) at 0°C
and 1000 atm is:
A) 17.4 mL
B) 46 mL
C) 22.4 mL
D) 11.2 mL
E) 22.4 L
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 6-3
20) Assuming ideal gas behavior, which of the following gases would have the lowest density at
standard temperature and pressure?
A) SF6
B) CF2Cl2
C) CO2
D) N2
E) Kr
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 6-4
21) 53.5 g of an ideal gas of molecular weight = 30.5 g/mol is confined at a pressure of 133 mmHg. The
density of the gas is 0.228 g/L. Compute the temperature of the gas in degrees Celsius.
A) 261°C
B) 12.°C
C) -57°C
D) 285°C
E) -12.°C
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 6-4
102
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
22) What volume of acetylene gas, C2H2, would be required at 0°C and 1 atm to obtain a 200.0 g C2H2
sample?
A) 4480 L
B) 1.309 × 105 L
C) 320.0 L
D) 0.6304 L
E) 172.1 L
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 6-4
23) What volume would be occupied by 4.8 g of oxygen gas at 0.50 atm and 133°C?
A) 19 L
B) 13 L
C) 10 L
D) 6.7 L
E) 3.3 L
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 6-4
24) Of the following gases, the one with the greatest density at STP is:
A) CH4
B) NH3
C) Ne
D) H2
E) He
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 6-4
25) In the reaction 2 Na + 2 H2O → 2 NaOH + H2, how many liters of hydrogen at STP are produced
from 50.0 grams of sodium (Na = 23.0, O = 16.0, H = 1.0 g/mol)?
A) (55.0/18.0)(22.4) L
B) (50.0/23.0)(22.4/2) L
C) (50.0/23.0)(2)(22.4) L
D) (50.0/23.0)(22.4) L
E) (55.0/23.0)(22.4) L
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 6-5
103
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
26) When one volume of CO reacts with one volume of Cl2 phosgene is obtained as the only product.
What is empirical formula of phosgene?
A) COCl2
B) C2O2Cl2
C) C2O2Cl
D) C3O3Cl2
E) COCl4
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 6-5
27) In the reaction Fe2O3 + 3 H2 → 2 Fe + 3 H2O, how many moles of iron can be produced using
17.4 liters of hydrogen at STP?
A) (17.4/22.4)(2/3) mol
B) (17.4/22.4)(3/2) mol
C) (17.4)(2/3) mol
D) (17.4/22.4) mol
E) (17.4)(22.4/3) mol
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 6-5
29) Subtracting the vapor pressure of water from the total pressure of a gas collected over water is an
example of the application of:
A) Avogadro's Hypothesis
B) Dalton's Law
C) Graham's Law
D) van der Waals Theory
E) ideal gas law
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 6-6
104
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
30) The addition of 2.0 g He(g) to a vessel of 10.0 L fixed volume already containing O 2(g) at 25°C and
740 mmHg will:
A) have no effect on the final gas pressure
B) cause the final pressure to exceed 2 atm
C) produce a 20% increase in gas pressure
D) bring the final pressure to just slightly more than 1 atm
E) cause the final pressure to exceed 4 atm
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 6-6
31) If a liter of CO2 is compared to a liter of H2, both at 25°C and one atmosphere pressure, then:
A) the CO2 and H2 molecules have the same average speed
B) there are more H2 molecules than CO2 molecules
C) the average kinetic energy of the CO2 molecules is greater than that of the H2 molecules
D) the CO2 molecules are, on the average, moving more slowly than the H2 molecules
E) the mass of one liter of CO2 equals the mass of one liter of H2
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 6-6
32) A gaseous mixture consists of 50.0% O2, 25.0% N2, and 25.0% Cl2, by mass. At standard
temperature and pressure, the partial pressure of:
A) Cl2(g) is greater than 0.25 atm
B) O2(g) is equal to 380 torr
C) Cl2(g) is less than 0.25 atm
D) N2(g) is equal to 0.20 atm
E) O2(g) is equal to 1.6 atm
Answer: C
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 6-6
33) Three volumes of O2 and one volume of CH4 are placed in a sealed container. The temperature and
pressure of this mixture are 120°C and 600 kPa. What is the pressure in the same container after the
explosion of the mixture and after it was cooled to the initial temperature?
A) 350 kPa
B) 600 kPa
C) 950 kPa
D) 750 kPa
E) 575 kPa
Answer: B
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 6-6
105
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
34) A balloon with volume 750 cm3 is filled with O2 at 27°C has a mass of 83.3 g. The mass of empty
balloon is 82.1 g. Calculate the pressure of O2.
A) 125 kPa
B) 150 kPa
C) 250 kPa
D) 75 kPa
E) 400 kPa
Answer: A
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 6-6
106
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
38) At 27°C and 750 torr, both a 16 g sample of methane gas (CH4) and a 16 g sample of oxygen gas
(O2) will have the same:
A) average molecular velocities
B) average molecular kinetic energies
C) number of gaseous particles
D) total gaseous volumes
E) average effusion rates
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 6-7
40) If 0.50 mole H2(g) and 1.0 mole He(g) are compared at standard temperature and pressure, the two
gases will:
A) have equal effusion rates
B) have equal average molecular velocities
C) have equal average molecular kinetic energies
D) occupy equal volumes
E) have equal weights
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 6-8
41) If 4.800 × 10-5 mol of uranium-238 will effuse through a hole in 125 seconds, how many mol of
uranium-235 will effuse through the same hole in the same amount of time?
A) 4.74 × 10-5 mol
B) 4.77 × 10-5 mol
C) 4.80 × 10-5 mol
D) 4.86 × 10-5 mol
E) 4.83 × 10-5 mol
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 6-8
107
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
42) The fact that a balloon filled with helium will leak more slowly than one filled with hydrogen is
explained by citing:
A) Avogadro's Hypothesis
B) Dalton's Law
C) Graham's Law
D) van der Waals Theory
E) ideal gas law
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 6-8
43) If someone were to light a cigar at one end of a closed room, persons at the other end of the room
might soon perceive an odor due to gaseous emissions from the cigar. Such a phenomenon is an example
of:
A) monometry
B) ideality
C) effusion
D) diffusion
E) barometry
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 6-8
44) Under conditions for which chlorine gas has an effusion rate of 2.4 × 10 -6 mol/sec, what would be
the effusion rate for bromine gas, in mol/sec?
A) 1.1 × 10-6 mol/sec
B) 1.6 × 10-6 mol/sec
C) 2.3 × 10-6 mol/sec
D) 3.6 × 10-6 mol/sec
E) 5.4 × 10-6 mol/sec
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 6-8
45) The volume correction term in the van der Waals equation is present because:
A) barometers are inaccurate
B) molecules are diatomic
C) molecules attract each other
D) molecules occupy volume
E) molecules repel each other
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 6-9
108
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
46) The mutual attraction of gas molecules is an important aspect of:
A) Avogadro's Hypothesis
B) Dalton's Law
C) Graham's Law
D) van der Waals Theory
E) ideal gas law
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 6-9
48) In which of the following cases is the gas most likely to behave as an ideal gas?
A) H2O(g), 375 K, 750 torr
B) He(g), 37.5 K, 7500 torr
C) CH4(g), 37.5°C, 7.5 atm
D) Ne(g), 375°C, 0.75 atm
E) SF6, -37.5°C, 0.75 atm
Answer: D
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 6-9
49) Calculate the height of a column of liquid glycerol (d = 1.26 g/cm3), in meters, required to exert the
same pressure as 4.91 m of water.
A) 4.91 m
B) 3.90 m
C) 6.19 m
D) 3.65 m
E) 5.16 m
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 6-1
109
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
50) Convert to the equivalent pressure in atmospheres, 1250 mmHg.
A) 9.50 × 105 atm
B) 490 atm
C) 1.64 atm
D) 0.608 atm
E) 1.22 atm
Answer: C
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 6-1
53) Calculate the height in meters of a column of liquid glycerol (density = 1.26 g/cm 3) required to exert
the same pressure as 760 mmHg (d = 13.60 g/cm3).
A) 8.20 m
B) 8.20 × 103 m
C) 70.4 m
D) 0.704 m
E) 44.4 m
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 6-1
110
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
54) Calculate the height in meters of a column of liquid ethanol (density = 0.7893 g/cm 3) required to
exert the same pressure as 760 mmHg (d = 13.60 g/cm3).
A) 1.31 × 104 m
B) 13.1 m
C) 70.8 m
D) 0.0708 m
E) 44.1 m
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 6-1
55) A 40.2 L constant-volume cylinder containing 2.21 mol He is heated until the pressure reaches 4.20
atm. What is the final temperature?
A) 258 K
B) 658 K
C) 931 K
D) 804 K
E) 1074 K
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 6-2
56) Liquid mercury freezes at a temperature of -39 °C. The freezing point of mercury on the Kelvin
scale is ________.
A) 234 K
B) 39 K
C) 312 K
D) 273 K
E) -39 K
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 6-2
57) A 50.0 mL canister of Freon-12 (CF2Cl2) was heated in boiling water (100.0°C) until the canister
burst. If the canister was not defective, and had a burst rating of 103.4 bar, what minimum amount of
Freon-12 was in the canister, assuming no volume change before bursting?
A) 9.63 g
B) 11.5 g
C) 20.0 g
D) 27.5 g
E) 75.0 g
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 6-2
111
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
58) A 4.0 L sample of N2(g) at 760 mmHg is compressed, at constant temperature, to 3.2 atm. What is
the final gas volume?
A) 950 L
B) 13 L
C) 59 L
D) 1.3 L
E) 0.77 L
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 6-2
59) A sample of helium gas occupies a volume of 38 L at 780 torr and 25°C. What volume would the
gas occupy at 0°C and 1 atm?
A) 40 L
B) 38 L
C) 36 L
D) 34 L
E) 25 L
Answer: C
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 6-3
60) A sample of gas has a volume of 2.5 L at 30°C and 720 mmHg. What will be the volume of this gas
at 22°C and 750 mmHg?
A) 1.8 L
B) 3.3 L
C) 2.7 L
D) 2.3 L
E) 2.5 L
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 6-3
61) A 500.0 mL sample of O2(g) is at 780 mmHg and 30°C. What will be the new volume if, with
constant pressure and amount of gas, the temperature is decreased to -15°C?
A) 587 mL
B) 250 mL
C) 437 mL
D) 426 mL
E) 500 mL
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 6-3
112
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
62) An automobile tire at 32.0 psi at 25.0°C is driven on a trip. At the end of the trip the pressure is 35.0
psi. What is the temperature of the tire in degrees Celsius?
A) 27.3 °C
B) 22.8 °C
C) 52.9 °C
D) 57.0 °C
E) 60.0 °C
Answer: C
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 6-3
63) A gaseous hydrocarbon weighing 0.290 g occupies a volume of 125 mL at 25°C and 760 mmHg.
What is the molar mass of this compound?
A) 113 g/mol
B) 4.76 × 103 g/mol
C) 43.1 g/mol
D) 10.5 g/mol
E) 56.7 g/mol
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 6-4
64) A 5.00 L container of unknown gas at 25.0°C has a pressure of 2.45 atm. The mass of the gas is
32.1 g. What gas is in the container?
A) Cl2
B) F2
C) NO2
D) SO3
E) SO2
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 6-4
65) A 10.0 L container of unknown gas at 25.0°C contains 87.1 g of gas at 12.5 atm. What gas is in the
container?
A) NH3
B) C2H2
C) SO2
D) F2
E) NO2
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 6-4
113
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
66) Chloroform (CHCl3) became popular as an anesthetic after Queen Victoria delivered her eighth
child while anesthetized by chloroform in 1853. What is the density in grams per liter of chloroform at
35°Cand 850 torr?
A) 4.21 g/L
B) 0.190 g/L
C) 2.14 g/L
D) 4.00 × 103 g/L
E) 5.28 g/L
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 6-4
67) Halothane (CHBrClCF3) is one of the modern anesthetics that is nonflammable and relatively safe
for patients. What is the density of halothane in grams per liter at 22°C and 805 torr?
A) 8.63 g/L
B) 7.68 g/L
C) 6.55 × 103 g/L
D) 19.3 g/L
E) 0.130 g/L
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 6-4
68) A sample of gas weighs 0.250 g and occupies a volume of 112 cm 3 at 0 °C and 1 atm. The
molecular weight of this gas is ________.
A) 25.0 g/mol
B) 50.0 g/mol
C) 2.23 g/mol
D) 8.0 g/mol
E) 200 g/mol
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 6-4
69) What mass of water vapor would occupy a volume of 54 L at 200°C and 76 torr, assuming ideal
behavior?
A) 1.8 g
B) 2.5 g
C) 4.3 g
D) 5.4 g
E) 7.2 g
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 6-4
114
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
70) How many liters of gas is 23.4 grams of nitrogen at 750 mmHg and 28.0°C?
A) 586 L
B) 20.9 L
C) 0.771 L
D) 20.4 L
E) 1.94 L
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 6-4
71) Butane (C4H10) is used as a fuel where natural gas is not available. How many grams of butane will
fill a 3.50 liter container at 35.6°C and 758 torr?
A) 0.138 g
B) 69.5 g
C) 422 g
D) 8.01 g
E) 0.0105 g
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 6-4
72) Butane (C4H10) is used as a fuel where natural gas is not available. How many grams of butane will
fill a 45.0 liter container at 27°C and 3.05 atm?
A) 26.6 g
B) 3.60 × 103 g
C) 5.58 g
D) 10.4 g
E) 324 g
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 6-4
73) How many liters of gas is 10.8 grams of nitrogen at 780 mmHg and 38.0°C?
A) 10.1 L
B) 1.17 L
C) 9.59 L
D) 269 L
E) 0.353 L
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 6-4
115
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
74) Diethyl ether was the first general anesthetic. It was first used in 1846 for surgical procedures. What
is the molar mass of diethyl ether if 3.54 grams is 1.06 liters at 27°C and 1.11 atm?
A) 74.1 g/mol
B) 6.67 g/mol
C) 103 g/mol
D) 91.3 g/mol
E) 84.7 g/mol
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 6-4
75) Chloroform became popular as an anesthetic after Queen Victoria delivered her eighth child while
anesthetized by chloroform in 1853. What is the molar mass of chloroform if 4.85 grams is 0.918 liters
at 35°C and 850 torr?
A) 149 g/mol
B) 119 g/mol
C) 123 g/mol
D) 134 g/mol
E) 110 g/mol
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 6-4
76) Halothane is one of the modern anesthetics which is nonflammable and relatively safe for patients.
What is the molar mass of halothane if 456 milligrams is 52.8 milliliters at 22°C and 805 torr?
A) 1.06 × 103 g/mol
B) 209 g/mol
C) 197 g/mol
D) 221 g/mol
E) 14.7 g/mol
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 6-4
77) Diethyl ether (CH3CH2OCH2CH3) was the first general anesthetic. It was first used in 1846 for
surgical procedures. What is the density in g/L of diethyl ether at 27°C and 1.11 atm?
A) 37.1 g/L
B) 2.03 × 103 g/L
C) 2.71 g/L
D) 3.34 g/L
E) 0.299 g/L
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 6-4
116
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
78) What is the density of carbon dioxide gas at -15°C and 728 torr?
A) 2.17 g L-1
B) 2.08 g L-1
C) 1.99 g L-1
D) 1.84 g L-1
E) 1.27 g L-1
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 6-4
79) What pressure must be applied to N2(g) to obtain a density of 2.00 g/L at 25°C?
A) 1.75 atm
B) 0.146 atm
C) 111 atm
D) 3.49 atm
E) 2.29 atm
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 6-4
80) Calculate the volume of H2(g) expressed at STP, required to react with 3.00 L of CO(g) at STP in
the following reaction:
3 CO(g) + 7 H2(g) → C3H8(g) + 3 H2O(l)
A) 3.00 L
B) 7.00 L
C) 10.0 L
D) 22.4 L
E) 1.00 L
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 6-5
117
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
82) What volume of oxygen gas, at 533°C and 750 torr, could be produced by the decomposition of 38.1
g of potassium chlorate? The other product is potassium chloride.
A) 35.9 L
B) 31.3 L
C) 30.4 L
D) 20.7 L
E) 10.4 L
Answer: B
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 6-5
83) How many liters of H2 are needed to make 327 L of NH3 by the reaction:
N2 (g) + 3 H2 (g) → 2 NH3 (g),
if the gases are at the same temperature and pressure?
A) 654 L
B) 491 L
C) 218 L
D) 38.5 L
E) 327 L
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 6-5
118
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
86) When 8.21 L of C3H8(g) burn in oxygen, how many liters of oxygen are consumed? All gas
volumes are measured at the same temperature and pressure but not at STP.
A) 57.5 L
B) 41.1 L
C) 1.17 L
D) 1.64 L
E) 23.7 L
Answer: B
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 6-5
87) In the reaction CH4 + 2 O2 → CO2 + 2 H2O, how many liters of O2 react with 5.0 liters of CH4?
All gas volumes are measured at the same temperature and pressure but not at STP.
A) 0.22 L
B) 10 L
C) 5.0 L
D) 2.5 L
E) 20 L
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 6-5
88) The volume in L H2(g) (measured at 22°C and 745 mmHg) required to react with 30.0 L CO(g)
(measured at 0 °C and 760 mmHg) in the reaction 3 CO(g) + 7 H2(g) → C3H8(g) + 3 H2O(l) is:
A) 63.5 L
B) 74.1 L
C) 77.2 L
D) 70.0 L
E) 33.1 L
Answer: C
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 6-5
89) The complete combustion of octane, a component of gasoline, is represented by the equation:
2 C8H18(l) + 25 O2(g) → 16 CO2(g) + 18 H2O(l)
How many liters of CO2(g), measured at 63.1°C and 688 mmHg, are produced for every gallon of
octane burned? (1 gal = 3.785 L; density of C8H18(l) = 0.703 g/mL)
A) 7.48 L
B) 7.11 × 102 L
C) 5.68 × 103 L
D) 5.68 L
E) 1.07 × 103 L
Answer: C
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 6-5
119
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
90) A sample of oxygen gas is collected over water at 23°C at a barometric pressure of 751 mmHg (the
vapor pressure of water at 23°C = 21 mmHg). The partial pressure of oxygen gas in the sample collected
is ________.
A) 0.96 atm
B) 21 mmHg
C) 751 mmHg
D) 1.02 atm
E) 44 mmHg
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 6-6
91) What volume would be occupied by a mixture of 0.33 g of hydrogen gas and 0.67 g of nitrogen gas
at 157°C and 4.4 atm?
A) 12 L
B) 4.2 L
C) 3.1 L
D) 1.5 L
E) 0.55 L
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 6-6
92) What is the volume, in L, occupied by a mixture of 16.0 g Ne(g) and 42.0 g Ar(g) at 15.0 atm
pressure and 25°C?
A) 94.6 L
B) 3.01 L
C) 1.71 L
D) 1.29 L
E) 0.252 L
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 6-6
93) A 31.4 mL sample of nitrogen gas was collected over water at 23.7°C and a barometric pressure of
706 mmHg. What mass of nitrogen was collected? [The vapor pressure of water at 23.7°C is 22 mmHg.]
A) 39.3 mg
B) 37.7 mg
C) 34.6 mg
D) 33.4 mg
E) 32.5 mg
Answer: E
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 6-6
120
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
94) A 34.8 mL sample of an unknown, water-insoluble gas was collected over water at 22.6°C and a
barometric pressure of 0.895 atm. When the gas was dried and chilled, it formed 114.6 mg of liquid.
What was the molar mass of this substance? [The vapor pressure of water at 22.6°C is 20. mmHg]
A) 22.9 g/mol
B) 38.4 g/mol
C) 57.3 g/mol
D) 84.2 g/mol
E) 92.0 g/mol
Answer: E
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 6-6
95) A 1.37 L vessel contains He at a temperature of 24.5°C and a pressure of 205 mmHg. A 721 mL
vessel contains Ne at a temperature of 36.2°C and a pressure of 0.185 atm. Both of these gases are
placed in a 2.00 L vessel at 302 K. What is the final pressure (in atm) in the 2.00 L vessel?
A) 0.250 atm
B) 0.187 atm
C) 0.0657 atm
D) 0.455 atm
E) 0.390 atm
Answer: A
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 6-6
96) In a sample of air at STP, the ratio of the root-mean-square velocity of O2 to that of N2, that is
urms(O2)/urms(N2), is equal to ________.
A) 0.88
B) 0.94
C) 1.00
D) 1.07
E) 1.14
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 6-7
97) A gas of twice the molecular weight as CO2 will pass through a small hole how much faster than
CO2?
A) 1/2 as fast
B) 2 times as fast
C) 2 as fast
D) (1/ 2 ) as fast
E) 4 times as fast
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 6-8
121
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
98) A sample of N2(g) effuses through a tiny hole in 19.0 s. How long would it take for a sample of
N2O2(g) to effuse under the same conditions?
A) 27.8 s
B) 13.0 s
C) 8.87 s
D) 40.7 s
E) 19.0 s
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 6-8
100) What is the ratio of the diffusion rates of Cl2 and O2? Rate Cl2 : O2 = _______
A) 0.45
B) 0.69
C) 0.47
D) 1.5
E) 0.67
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 6-8
122
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
Thermochemistry
1) A closed system can exchange matter but not energy with the surroundings.
Answer: FALSE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 7-1
6) An expansion of gas by a system means that the internal energy of the system increases.
Answer: FALSE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 7-5
7) The maximum amount of work is provided by a reversible process because equilibrium between the
system and the surroundings is always maintained.
Answer: TRUE
Diff: 2 Type: TF
Reference: Section 7-5
123
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
10) The standard enthalpy for diamond and graphite are the same value.
Answer: FALSE
Diff: 3 Type: TF
Reference: Section 7-8
11) Although CO is not toxic, there is concern that it causes global warming.
Answer: FALSE
Diff: 2 Type: TF
Reference: Section 7-9
124
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
15) When power was turned off to a 30.0 gal. water heater, the temperature of the water dropped from
75.0°C to 22.5°C. How much heat was lost to the surroundings?
A) -2.49 × 103 kJ
B) -2.49 × 107 kJ
C) -2.49 × 104 kJ
D) -2.49 × 1010 kJ
E) -2.49 kJ
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 7-2
16) 14.0 g of metal at 24.0°C has 250 joules of heat added to it. The metal's specific heat is 0.105 J/g °C.
What is its final temperature?
A) (250)(14.0)/0.105 °C
B) [250/(14.0)(0.105)] °C
C) [(914.0)(0.105)/250] + 24.0 °C
D) (14.0)(0.105)/250 °C
E) (14.0)(0.105)(250) °C
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 7-2
17) 1219 joules of heat raise the temperature of 250 g of metal by 64°C. What is the specific heat in J/(g
°C? )
A) (1219)(250)(64) J/(g°C)
B) (64)(250/1219) J/(g°C)
C) (1219)(64/250) J/(g°C)
D) (1219)(250/64) J/(g°C)
E) (1219)/(250 x 64) J/(g°C)
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 7-2
18) Lead, water, sulfur, and arsenic have specific heats of 0.128, 4.18, 0.706, and 0.329 J g-1°C-1,
respectively. Which of the following would need the smallest quantity of heat to change the temperature
of 5 g by 10°C?
A) lead
B) water
C) sulfur
D) arsenic
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 7-2
125
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
19) What is the final temperature in the bomb calorimeter if 1.785 grams of benzoic acid (HC 7H5O2) is
combusted in a calorimeter with a heat capacity of 5.02 kJ/°C and initial temperature of 24.62 °C? The
heat of combustion of benzoic acid is -26.42 kJ/g.
A) 51.0°C
B) 29.8°C
C) 31.2°C
D) 15.5°C
E) 33.7°C
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 7-3
20) The complete combustion of 1 mole of nitrobenzene, C6H5NO2, in a bomb calorimeter liberates
3088 kJ of heat and increases the temperature of the calorimeter assembly by 140.0 °C. What is the heat
capacity of this bomb calorimeter?
A) 1.25 kJ/°C
B) 4.53 kJ/°C
C) 22.1 kJ/°C
D) 432 kJ/°C
E) 43.1 kJ/°C
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 7-3
21) The combustion of 90.0 g of oxalic acid, C2H2O4(s) in a bomb calorimeter whose heat capacity is
4.60 kJ/°C causes the temperature to rise from 25.0°C to 79.6°C. What is the heat of combustion of
oxalic acid?
A) -21.2 kJ/mol
B) -54.6 kJ/mol
C) -126 kJ/mol
D) -211 kJ/mol
E) -251 kJ/mol
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 7-3
22) What is the work done in joules by the system when H2 expands against a constant pressure of
75 atm at 45.3°C? The change in volume is 24.0 L.
A) 1.8 × 103 J
B) -8.2 × 104 J
C) 8.2 × 104 J
D) 1.8 × 105 J
E) -1.8 × 105 J
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 7-4
126
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
23) Oxygen gas at 34.5°C expands from 34.5 L to 45.7 L against a constant pressure of 750 mmHg.
What is the work done in joules by the system?
A) 1.12 × 103 J
B) -1.12 × 103 J
C) 9.09 × 104 J
D) -9.09 × 104 J
E) 4.55 × 103 J
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 7-4
24) Two solutions, 50.0 mL of 1.00 M BaCl2(aq) and 50.0 mL of 1.00 M Na2SO4(aq), both initially at
21.5°C, are added to a calorimeter with a total heat capacity, after the solutions are added, of 1.10 kJ/°C
and the temperature rises to 22.7°C. Determine qrxn per mole of BaSO4(s) formed in the reaction.
A) -26.4 kJ/mol
B) +26.4 kJ/mol
C) -2.64 kJ/mol
D) +2.64 kJ/mol
Answer: A
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 7-3
25) Oxygen gas at 34.5°C is compressed from 45.7 L to 34.5 L against a constant pressure of
750 mmHg. What is the work done in joules by the system?
A) 1.12 × 103 J
B) -1.12 × 103 J
C) 9.09 × 104 J
D) -9.09 × 104 J
E) 4.55 × 103 J
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 7-4
26) How much work, in joules, is done when the pressure is suddenly released from 4.56 atm to
1.23 atm on 45.4 g of O2 at 44°C?
A) 386 J
B) -477 J
C) -2.74 × 103 J
D) 2.74 × 103 J
E) 477 J
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 7-4
127
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
27) How much work, in joules, is done when the pressure is suddenly released from 2.05 atm to
1.87 atm on 27.5 g of He at 27°C?
A) 5.2 × 103 J
B) -8.0 × 103 J
C) 8.0 × 103 J
D) -1.5 × 103 J
E) 1.5 × 103 J
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 7-4
29) A system absorbs 623 J of heat while doing 457 J of work. What is the value of ΔU?
A) +1080 J
B) -166 J
C) +166 J
D) -1080 J
E) +623 J
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 7-5
128
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
31) Calculate the work needed to make room for products in the combustion of sulfur, S 8(s), to SO2(g)
at STP.
A) 0 kJ
B) -2.27 kJ
C) -4.54 kJ
D) -18.2 kJ
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 7-6
33) Calculate the standard enthalpy of formation of Cl -(aq), given the following thermochemical data at
1 atm, and knowing that the standard enthalpies of formation of H2(g) and H+(aq) are both zero.
HCl(g) → H+(aq) + Cl-(aq) -75.15 kJ
H2(g) + Cl2(g) → 2HCl(g) -184.62 kJ
A) -167.46 kJ/mol
B) +109.47 kJ/mol
C) -17.16 kJ/mol
D) +34.32 kJ/mol
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 7-7
34) From the following thermochemical equations, calculate ΔH°rxn for the reaction:
SO2(g) + NO2(g) → SO3(g) + NO(g)
2 SO2(g) + O2(g) → 2 SO3(g) ΔH°rxn = -197.8 kJ
2 NO(g) + O2(g) → 2 NO2(g) ΔH°rxn = -114.14 kJ
A) -83.66 kJ
B) -311.9 kJ
C) +155.9 kJ
D) -155.9 kJ
E) -41.83 kJ
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 7-7
129
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
35) 2 LiOH(s) → Li2O(s) + H2O(l) ΔH° = 379.1 kJ
LiH(s) + H2O(l) → LiOH(s) + H2(g) ΔH° = -111.0 kJ
2 H2(g) + O2(g) → 2 H2O(l) ΔH° = -285.9 kJ
Compute ΔH° in kJ for 2 LiH(s) + O2(g) → Li2O(s) + H2O(l)
A) +125.2 kJ
B) -17.7 kJ
C) -128.8 kJ
D) -303.6 kJ
E) + 128.8 kJ
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 7-7
37) The standard enthalpy of formation of NiSO4(s) at 25 °C is -872.9 kJ/mole. The chemical equation
to which this value applies is:
A) 1/2 Ni(s) + 1/2 S(s) + 1/2 O2(g) → 1/2 NiSO4(s)
B) Ni(s) + S(s) + 4 O(g) → NiSO4(s)
C) Ni(s) + S(s) + 2 O2(g) → NiSO4(s)
D) Ni(s) + 1/8 S8(s) + 1/2 O2(g) → NiSO4(s)
E) NiSO4(s) → Ni(s) + S(s) + 4 O(g)
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 7-8
38) The standard enthalpy of formation for CuSO4 ∙ 5H2O(s) is -2278.0 kJ/mole at 25°C. The chemical
equation to which this value applies is:
A) Cu(s) + S(s) + 5 H2O(g) + 2 O2(g) → CuSO4 ∙ 5H2O(s)
B) Cu(s) + S(s) + 9/2 O2(g) + 5 H2(g) → CuSO4 ∙ 5H2O(s)
C) Cu(s) + SO4(g) + 5 H2O(g) → CuSO4 ∙ 5H2O(s)
D) Cu(s) + S(s) + 5/9 O2(g) + 5 H2(g) → CuSO4 ∙ 5H2O(s)
E) 2Cu(s) + 2 SO2(g) + 5 H2O(g) → 2CuSO4 ∙ 5H2O(s)
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 7-8
130
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
39) The standard enthalpy of formation of NH4Cl(s) is -315.4 kJ/mol. The equation that describes this
△H°f is:
A) NH4+(aq) + Cl-(aq) → NH4Cl(s)
B) 1/2 N2(g) + 2H2(g) + 1/2 Cl2(g) → NH4Cl(s)
C) N2(g) + H2(g) + Cl2(g) → 2 NH4Cl(s)
D) 1/2 N2(g) + 1/2 Cl2(g) + 1/2 H2(g) → NH4Cl(s)
E) N2(g) + Cl2(g) + 4 H2(g) → 2 NH4Cl(s)
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 7-8
40) To have a standard enthalpy of formation referenced to 0 J/mol, the substance must:
I) be a simple substance (chemical element)
II) be in its most stable form
III) be under 1 atm of pressure
IV) have a concentration of 1.0000 M
A) I, III, IV
B) I, II, III
C) II, IV
D) I, III
E) II, III, IV
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 7-8
41) Calculate the enthalpy change for the following reaction at 25°C. The value of ΔH°f in kJ/mol is
given below each species:
2 Fe2O3(s) + 6 CO(g) → 4 Fe(s) + 6 CO2(g)
-824.2 -110.5 0 -393.5
A) -49.6 kJ
B) 541 kJ
C) -1380 kJ
D) -3350 kJ
E) -24.8 kJ
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 7-8
131
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
42) Calculate the enthalpy change for the following reaction at 25°C. The value of ΔH°f in kJ/mol is
given below each species:
Al3+ (aq) + 3 OH- (aq) → Al(OH)3(s)
-531 -230.0 -1276
A) -515 kJ
B) -55 kJ
C) -975 kJ
D) -1120 kJ
E) -2040 kJ
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 7-8
44) Calculate ΔH°f of octane, C8H18(l), given the enthalpy of combustion of octane to CO2(g) and
H2O(l), -5471 kJ/mol, and the standard enthalpies of formation of CO2(g) and H2O(l), -393.5 kJ/mol
and -285.8 kJ/mol, respectively.
A) -249.2 kJ/mol
B) +4792 kJ/mol
C) +249.2 kJ/mol
D) -4792 kJ/mol
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 7-8
45) What is the reaction for the standard enthalpy of formation for HCl(g)?
A) H+(aq) + Cl-(aq) → HCl(g)
B) 1/2 H2(g) + 1/2Cl2(l) → HCl(s)
C) NH3(g) + Cl2(g) → NH2Cl(g) + HCl(g)
D) 1/2 H2(g) + 1/2Cl2(g) → HCl(g)
E) 1/2 H2(l) + 1/2Cl2(g) → HCl(l)
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 7-8
132
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
46) What is the reaction for the standard enthalpy of formation for CdSO4(s)? (Cd(s) is the stable form
of cadmium.)
A) Cd(NO3)2(aq) + H2SO4(aq) → 2 HNO3(aq) + CdSO4(s)
B) Cd2+ (aq) + 2 SO42- → CdSO4(s)
C) Cd(s) + 1/8 S8 (s) + 2O2(g) → CdSO4(s)
D) CdO(s) + SO3(l) → CdSO4(s)
E) Cd(s) + 1/8 S8 (s) + 4O(g) → CdSO4(s)
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 7-8
47) What is the reaction for the standard enthalpy of formation for Mn2O3(s)? (Mn(s) is the stable form
of manganese.)
A) Mn(s) + 3/4 O2(g) → 1/2 Mn2O3(s)
B) MnO(s) + MnO2(s) → Mn2O3(s)
C) 2 Mn(s) + O3(g) → Mn2O3(s)
D) 2 MnO(s) + 1/2 O3(g) → Mn2O3(s)
E) 2Mn (s) + 3/2 O2 (g) → Mn2O3(s)
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 7-8
49) Coal contains an impurity that reacts with oxygen during the combustion process, producing oxides
that are major environmental pollutants. This impurity is:
A) acid rain
B) nitrogen
C) sulfur
D) carbon dioxide
E) peat
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 7-9
133
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
50) The heat of combustion of several fuels are listed in the table below. On a per gram basis, which fuel
releases the most energy?
Fuel △Hcomb (kJ/mole)
C(s) -393.5
CH4(g) -890.8
CH3OH(l) 726.1
C3H8(g) 2219.2
H2(g) -285.8
A) C(s)
B) CH4(g)
C) CH3OH(l)
D) C3H8(g)
E) H2(g)
Answer: E
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 7-9
51) How much heat is needed to raise the temperature of 5.28 gal of water from 25.0°C to 88.0°C (1 gal
= 3.785 L)?
A) 5260 kJ
B) 997 kJ
C) 1390 kJ
D) 316 kJ
E) 133 kJ
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 7-2
52) The final temperature when 150 mL of water at 90.0°C is added to 100.0 mL of water at 30.0°C is
around ________.
A) 90 °C
B) 120 °C
C) 30 °C
D) 60 °C
E) 25 °C
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 7-2
134
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
53) 1674 J of heat are absorbed by 25.0 mL of NaOH (d = 1.10 g/mL, specific heat = 4.10 J/g °C). The
temperature of the NaOH goes up how many degrees?
A) 14.8 °C
B) 18.0 °C
C) 17.2 °C
D) 14.2 °C
E) 19.1 °C
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 7-2
54) Calculate the quantity of heat, in kJ, required to raise the temperature of a 2.15 kg iron bar 24.0°C
(specific heat of iron = 0.473 J/g °C).
A) 109 kJ
B) 51.6 kJ
C) 23.6 kJ
D) 24.4 kJ
E) 11.3 kJ
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 7-2
55) How much heat is required to raise the temperature of 175 g of aluminum from 21.0°C to 145°C?
The specific heat of aluminum is 0.903 J g-1 °C-1.
A) 19.6 kJ
B) 24.0 kJ
C) 1.27 J
D) 22.9 kJ
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 7-2
56) A 12-inch diameter ball of pure cobalt metal at 225°C was placed in 10.0 gal. of water at 15.0°C.
What is the final temperature of the water? Assume no heat is lost to the surroundings. (sp ht for cobalt
is 0.421 J/g °C, density of cobalt = 8.862 g/cm3, 1 gal. = 3.785 L, 1 in = 2.54 cm, V(sphere) = 4/3 πr3)
A) 169°C
B) 120°C
C) 69.3°C
D) 22.5°C
E) 45.6°C
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 7-2
135
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
57) 100.0 g of nickel at 150 °C was placed in 1.00 L of water at 25.0°C. The final temperature of the
nickel-water mixture was 26.3°C. What is the specific heat of the nickel?
A) 0.14 J/g °C
B) 0.13 J/g °C
C) 0.55 J/g °C
D) 0.44 J/g °C
E) 0.23 J/g °C
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 7-2
58) 500 g of Al is heated to 100.0°C and dropped into a l00.0 g glass beaker that contains 200.0 g of
H2O. The temperature of the glass and water is 20.0°C. What is the final temperature? (Specific heat of
Al = 0.29 J/g °C, specific heat of glass = 0.84 J/g °C)
A) 46.6 °C
B) 50.0 °C
C) 25.0 °C
D) 30.9 °C
E) 28.9 °C
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 7-2
59) 100.0 g of Cu (specific heat = 0.385 J/g °C) at 100.0°C is added to 140.0 mL of H2O (specific heat
= 4.184 J/g °C) at 25.0°C.
What is the final temperature of the mixture?
A) 56.3 °C
B) 29.6 °C
C) 62.5 °C
D) 91.4 °C
E) 33.7 °C
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 7-2
60) Calculate the amount of heat absorbed by a 40.0 g sample of water at 21°C when the temperature is
raised to 35°C.
A) 5.9 kJ
B) -0.56 kJ
C) 0.56 kJ
D) -2.3 kJ
E) 2.3 kJ
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 7-2
136
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
61) A mixture of 125 g of iron and 250 g of water is heated from 25.0°C to 70.0°C. How much heat is
absorbed by the mixture? (Specific heat of water = 4.18 J/g °C; iron = 0.473 J/g °C)
A) 49.7 kJ
B) 59.6 kJ
C) 47.0 kJ
D) 2.66 kJ
E) 27.6 kJ
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 7-2
62) 246 g of hot coffee at 86.0°C are placed in a 137 g mug at 20.0°C. The specific heat of coffee is 4.00
J/g °C, while that of the mug is 0.752 J/g °C. Assuming no heat is lost to the surroundings, what is the
final temperature of the system: mug + coffee?
A) 79.7 °C
B) 93.7 °C
C) 98.4 °C
D) 76.0 °C
E) 53.0 °C
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 7-2
63) 250.0 g of hot coffee at 95.0°C are placed in a 0.2000 kg mug at 20.0°C. The specific heat of the
coffee is 4.00 J/g °C, while that of the mug is 0.80 J/g °C. Assuming no heat is lost to the surroundings,
what is the final temperature of the system: mug + coffee?
A) 61.7 °C
B) 117 °C
C) 76.0 °C
D) 57.5 °C
E) 84.7 °C
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 7-2
64) Many people believe that coffee (sp ht = 4.18 J/g °C) may be cooled by placing a silver spoon (sp ht
= 0.237 J/g °C) in the coffee. If 250 ml (d = 1.00 g/mL) of coffee at 200°F had a spoon at 70°F placed in
it, what would be the final Celsius temperature of the spoon and coffee, assuming that no heat is lost to
the surroundings? The mass of the spoon is 35 g.
A) 92.2°C
B) 72.2°C
C) 57.2°C
D) 82.0°C
E) 199°C
Answer: A
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 7-2
137
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
65) A sample gives off 2505 cal when burned in a bomb calorimeter. The calorimeter assembly
increases by 2.24°C. What is the heat capacity of the calorimeter?
A) 8.92 kcal/°C
B) 1.12 kcal/°C
C) 2.51 kcal/°C
D) 5.61 kcal/°C
E) 2.65 kcal/°C
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 7-3
66) What is the heat of combustion in kJ/g of benzoic acid (HC 7H5O2) if the initial temperature was
22.62°C, the final temperature was 31.10°C, the heat capacity of the bomb calorimeter was 4.88 kJ/°C,
and 1.567 grams were combusted?
A) -26.4
B) -64.8
C) -9.99
D) -41.4
E) 35.5
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 7-3
67) Cyclohexanol, C6H12O, has a heat of combustion of -890.7 kcal/mol. A sample containing only
0.708 g of cyclohexanol undergoes complete combustion in a bomb calorimeter that has a heat capacity
of 2.70 kcal/°C. What is the final temperature if the initial water temperature is 27.0°C?
A) 24.7 °C
B) 29.3 °C
C) 27.4 °C
D) 26.6 °C
E) 31.4 °C
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 7-3
68) 5.04 × 10-3 mole of a compound is added to 41.0 g of water in a styrofoam cup and stirred until it
dissolves. The temperature of the solution changes from 23.460°C to 23.420°C. What is the heat of
solution of the compound expressed in kJ/mol? Assume the specific heat of the solution is 4.18 J/g °C.
A) -0.035 J/mol
B) 1.4 kJ/mol
C) -1.4 kJ/mol
D) -2.8 kJ/mol
E) 2.8 kJ/mol
Answer: C
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 7-3
138
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
69) Two solutions, 250.0 mL of 1.00 M CaCl2(aq) and 250.0 mL of 1.00 M K2SO4(aq), are added to a
calorimeter with a total heat capacity, after the solutions are added, of 1.25 kJ/°C and the temperature
decreased by 2.40°C. Determine qrxn per mole of CaSO4(s) formed in the reaction.
A) +12.0 kJ/mol
B) -12.0 kJ/mol
C) +6.00 kJ/mol
D) -6.00 kJ/mol
Answer: A
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 7-3
70) What is the work in joules done on the system to compress He gas from 24.0 L to 12.5 L against a
pressure of 1.5 atm at a constant temperature of 37.4°C?
A) 5.5 × 103 J
B) -17 J
C) 17 J
D) 1.7 × 103 J
E) -1.7 × 103 J
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 7-4
71) Calculate ΔU for a system that loses 475 kJ of heat and does 155 kJ of expansion work on the
surroundings.
A) -630 kJ
B) -320 kJ
C) +630 kJ
D) +320 kJ
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 7-5
72) If 356 J of work is done by a system while it loses 289 J of heat, what is the value of ΔU ?
A) +645 J
B) -645 J
C) +67 J
D) -67 J
E) +134 J
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 7-5
139
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
73) The complete combustion of propane, C3H8(g), is represented by the equation:
C3H8(g) + 5 O2(g) → 3 CO2(g) + 4 H2O(l) ΔH° = -2220 kJ
How much heat is evolved in the complete combustion of 2.50 g C 3H8(g)?
A) 245 kJ
B) 50.4 kJ
C) 126 kJ
D) 5.56 kJ
E) 2.22 kJ
Answer: C
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 7-6
74) Complete combustion of 75.0 g acetylene, C2H2, liberated 3750 kJ of heat. What is the heat of
combustion, ΔHcomb, of acetylene?
A) -50.0 kJ/mol
B) +50.0 kJ/mol
C) +1302 kJ/mol
D) -1302 kJ/mol
E) -0.521 kJ/mol
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 7-6
75) The heat of combustion of methane is -50.38 kJ/mol. How many moles of methane must be burned
to produce 137 kJ of heat?
A) 6.90 mol
B) 0.367 mol
C) 2.72 mol
D) 1.37 mol
E) 0.272 mol
Answer: C
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 7-6
76) A certain reaction releases 10.1 kJ at constant volume and at constant pressure releases 8.4 kJ. What
is △U for the reaction?
A) -10.1 kJ
B) -8.4 kJ
C) +8.4 kJ
D) -1.7 kJ
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 7-6
140
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
77) The complete combustion of propane, C3H8(g), is represented by the equation:
C3H8(g) + 5 O2(g) → 3 CO2(g) + 4 H2O(l) ΔH° = -2220 kJ
How much heat is evolved in the complete combustion of 20.0 L C 3H8(g) at STP?
A) 2486 kJ
B) 1007 kJ
C) 994 kJ
D) 1982 kJ
E) 495 kJ
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 7-6
78) For the reaction H2(g) + 1/2 O2(g) → H2O(g) ΔH° = -241.8 kJ/mol,
what mass of H2(g) is required to liberate 1.00 × 103 kJ of heat?
A) 66.2 g
B) 4.17 g
C) 8.34 g
D) 2.05 g
E) 16.7 g
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 7-6
80) For the reaction H2(g) + 1/2 O2(g) → H2O(g) ΔH° = -241.8 kJ/mol,
what quantity of heat is liberated by the reaction of 10.0 L of O2 measured at 22.0°C and 742 mmHg?
A) 120 kJ
B) 2610 kJ
C) 1310 kJ
D) 195 kJ
E) 97.5 kJ
Answer: D
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 7-6
141
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
81) For the reaction H2(g) + 1/2 O2(g) → H2O(g) ΔH° = -241.8 kJ/mol,
what quantity of heat, in kJ, evolved when a 72.0 g mixture containing equal parts of H2 and O2, by
mass, is burned?
A) 8630 kJ
B) 4860 kJ
C) 1088 kJ
D) 272 kJ
E) 544 kJ
Answer: E
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 7-6
82) How much heat is involved in the complete combustion of 2.50 kg propane, C 3H8?
ΔHcomb = -2219 kJ/mol.
A) 1.26 × 105 kJ
B) 5.55 × 103 kJ
C) 126 kJ
D) 503 kJ
E) 49.7 kJ
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 7-6
142
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
84) Given the reactions below, compute ΔH° for the reaction:
(ΔH's are all given in kJ)
2 MnO2(s) + CO(g) → Mn2O3(s) + CO2(g)
Reaction ΔH°rxn
MnO2(s) + CO(g) → MnO(s) + CO2(g) - 150.6
Mn3O4(s) + CO(g) → 3 MnO(s) + CO2(g) - 54.4
3 Mn2O3(s) + CO(g) → 2 Mn3O4(s) + CO2(g) - 142.3
A) -347.3 kJ
B) -46.1 kJ
C) -217.1 kJ
D) -104.5 kJ
E) -389.1 kJ
Answer: C
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 7-7
86) Some "beetles" defend themselves by spraying hot quinone, C 6H4O2(l), at their enemies. Calculate
△H° for this reaction.
C6H4(OH)2(l) + H2O2(l) → C6H4O2(l) + 2H2O(l)
Given: C6H4(OH)2(l) → C6H4O2(l) + H2(g) +177.4 kJ
The standard enthalpies of formation of H2O2(l) and H2O(l) are -187.4 and -285.8 kJ/mol, respectively.
A) -206.8 kJ
B) -384.2 kJ
C) -561.6 kJ
D) +79.00 kJ
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Sections 7-7, 7-8
143
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
3
87) H2S(g) + O2(g) → H2O (liq) + SO2(g) ΔH° = -562.3 kJ
2
1/8 S8(s) + O2(g) → SO(g) ΔH° = -297.0 kJ
1
H2(g) + O2 → H2O (liq) ΔH° = -266.9 kJ
2
Compute ΔH° for H2(g) + 1/8 S8 (s) → H2S(g) in kJ.
A) 562.3 kJ
B) 276.6 kJ
C) 265.3 kJ
D) 20.5 kJ
E) -1.6 kJ
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 7-7
144
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
89) Using the heat of combustion of methanol as -726.6 kJ and the following data:
C(graph) + 1/2O2 → CO(g) ΔH° = -110.5 kJ
C(graph) + O2(g) → CO2(g) ΔH° = -393.5 kJ
H2(g) + 1/2O2(g) → H2O(l) ΔH° = -285.8 kJ
Determine ΔH° for the following reaction:
CO(g) + 2 H2(g) → CH3OH(l)
A) -349 kJ
B) 157.8 kJ
C) -157.8 kJ
D) 128 kJ
E) -128 kJ
Answer: E
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 7-7
90) Compute ΔH°rxn for the following reaction. The value of ΔH°f in kJ/mol is given below each
species:
2 CaO(s) + 2 SO2(g) + O2(g) → 2 CaSO4(s)
-635.5 -296.9 0.0 -1432.7
A) -1000.6 kJ
B) -500.3 kJ
C) 500.3 kJ
D) -2365.1 kJ
E) -1094.1 kJ
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 7-8
145
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
92) Given the heat of formation of the following compounds:
CO2(g) ΔH°f = -393.5 kJ/mol
H2O(l) ΔH°f = -285.9 kJ/mol
CH3OH(l) ΔH°f = -238.6 kJ/mol
What is the value of ΔH for the reaction:
CH3OH(l) + 3/2 O2(g) → CO2(g) + 2 H2O(l)
A) -440.8 kJ
B) -416.9 kJ
C) -1203.9 kJ
D) -346.2 kJ
E) -726.7 kJ
Answer: E
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 7-8
93) Given that ΔH°f [CO(g)] = -110.5 kJ/mol and ΔH°f [COCl2(g)] = -219.1 kJ/mol, what is the
enthalpy of reaction for the formation of phosgene, COCl2 from carbon monoxide, CO, and chlorine
gas, Cl2(g)?
A) +110.5 kJ
B) -110.5 kJ
C) +329.6 kJ
D) -108.6 kJ
E) -219.1 kJ
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 7-8
146
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
95) Compute ΔH°rxn for the following reaction. The value of ΔH°f in kJ/mol is given below each
species:
PCl5(g) + 4 H2O(l) → H3PO4(s) + 5 HCl(g)
-398.9 -285.9 -1281.1 -92.30
A) -688.6 kJ
B) -200.1 kJ
C) -74.9 kJ
D) -1000.6 kJ
E) -900.3 kJ
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 7-8
96) The heat of combustion, ΔHcomb, of 1-butene(l), C4H8(l), is -2696.9 kJ/mole. From the following
values of ΔH°f CO2(g) = -393.5 kJ/mol and ΔH°f H2O(l) = -285.8 kJ/mol, calculate the standard
enthalpy of formation of butene(l).
A) +2017 kJ
B) -2017 kJ
C) -3376 kJ
D) -107.7 kJ
E) -20.30 kJ
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 7-8
97) Given that ΔH°f [Ag2S(s)] = -32.6 kJ/mole, what is the enthalpy change for the precipitation of
argentite, Ag2S(s)?
ΔH°f [Ag+(aq)] = +105.6 kJ/mol
ΔH°f [S2-(aq)] = +33.05 kJ/mol
A) -276.9 kJ/mol
B) -106.1 kJ/mol
C) +171.2 kJ/mol
D) +106.1 kJ/mol
E) +138.7 kJ/mol
Answer: A
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 7-8
147
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
98) What is the enthalpy of reaction for the neutralization reaction occurring between dilute
Ba(OH)2(aq) and dilute HNO3(aq)? Values of ΔH°f from data tables are given below.
Hint: Balance the equation so the coefficients are the lowest possible set of whole numbers.
Species ΔH°f(kJ/mol)
Ba2+(aq) -537.6
-
OH (aq) -230.0
+
H (aq) 0
-
NO3 (aq) -205.0
H2O(l) -285.8
A) +426.0 kJ
B) -111.6 kJ
C) -426.0 kJ
D) -571.6 kJ
E) -460.0 kJ
Answer: B
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 7-8
148
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
101) The standard heat of formation of solid ammonium bromide is -270.8 kJ/mol. Write the chemical
equation for the reaction to which this value applies.
1 1
Answer: N2(g) + 2 H2(g) + Br2(l) → NH4Br(s)
2 2
Diff: 2 Type: SA
Reference: Section 7-8
1) The inner transition elements include the actinides and the lanthanides.
Answer: TRUE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 9-1
4) The covalent radius, metallic radius, and the ionic radius are all equal.
Answer: FALSE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 9-3
5) The ionization energy is the energy for a gaseous atom to lose an electron.
Answer: TRUE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 9-4
7) The electron affinity is the energy for an atom in its standard state to gain an electron.
Answer: FALSE
Diff: 2 Type: TF
Reference: Section 9-5
149
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
9) Paramagnetic is not the same as magnetic.
Answer: TRUE
Diff: 2 Type: TF
Reference: Section 9-6
150
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
10) A metallic oxide plus water forms an acid.
Answer: FALSE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 9-7
11) Why was Moseley so sure from his X-ray work that there were no other undiscovered elements
besides the three that he predicted in the range of atomic numbers 13-79?
A) The rows on the periodic table were filled.
B) The columns of the periodic table were full.
C) All of the possible atomic weights were assigned.
D) All of the integer atomic numbers were assigned.
E) Mendeleev didn't predict any more.
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 9-1
12) Elements in the first two groups are part of the main-group elements along with which of the
following groups?
A) d-block elements
B) s-block elements
C) actinides
D) lanthanides
E) p-block elements
Answer: E
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 9-1
151
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
15) Plutonium is among a group of elements referred to as:
A) antinides
B) alkalides
C) chalcocides
D) halides
E) lanthanides
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 9-1
18) Most transition elements form some monatomic ions that are not:
A) isoelectronic with any other cations
B) isoelectronic with any noble gas
C) isoelectronic with any neutral atom
D) isoelectronic with any other species
E) isoelectronic with any other transition metal ion
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 9-2
152
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
19) The ion represented as 48
22Ti
4+ has:
A) 22 electrons
B) 48 neutrons
C) 26 protons
D) 4 3d electrons
E) 0 4s electrons
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 9-2
20) The similar chemical behavior of the elements in a given group in the periodic table is best
accounted for by the fact that atoms of these elements have:
A) the same number of isotopes
B) the same number of electrons
C) the same number of electrons in the outermost (valence) shell
D) similar nuclear structures
E) the same number of protons
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 9-2
22) What is the general electronic configuration (where n = principal quantum number) that best
describes the halogens as a group?
A) ns1np6
B) ns2np4
C) ns2sp5
D) ns2np6
E) ns2np3
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 9-2
153
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
23) Which statement best describes relationships in a modern periodic table?
A) Each transition element is placed in the column of the main group element that it most closely
resembles.
B) The fourteen elements in the "lanthanide" series form a new independent period.
C) Metalloids usually are the cations in ionic compounds.
D) Nonmetallic properties tend to predominate for elements at the far right portion of the table.
E) Elements are always arranged in order of increasing atomic weights.
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 9-2
24) Which ground state electronic configuration will most readily produce an ion with a charge of 2+?
A) 1s22s22p63s23p63d104s2
B) 1s22s22p63s23p64s1
C) 1s22s22p63s23p4
D) 1s22s22p63s23p63d104s24p2
E) 1s2s22p63s23p63d104s24p6
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 9-2
154
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
27) Which of the following statements is INCORRECT?
A) The atomic radius decreases from left to right through a period of elements.
B) Cations are larger than the atoms from which they are formed.
C) The metallic character of elements decreases from left to right through a period of elements.
D) The ionization energy increases from left to right through a period of elements.
E) The atomic radius increases down the periodic table.
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 9-3
29) A is the sequence Na, Mg, Al, Si, and P. B is the sequence He, Ne, Ar, Kr, and Xe. Which statement
below is true?
A) The members of A are decreasing in size.
B) The members of B have larger radii than those of A, respectively. That is He > Na, Ne > Mg, etc.
C) The members of A have larger radii than those of B, respectively.
D) The members of B are decreasing in size.
E) All the members of A are isoelectronic.
Answer: A
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 9-3
30) Among the alkali metals, cesium reacts more rapidly than sodium because:
A) cesium has more electrons
B) cesium has more neutrons
C) the valence electron of cesium is at a greater average distance from the nucleus
D) cesium has a higher atomic weight
E) cesium has more protons
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 9-3
155
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
31) Which of the following isoelectronic species has the largest radius?
A) Ne
B) F-
C) Mg2+
D) Na+
E) O2-
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 9-3
156
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
35) Which of the following occurs for the representative elements going left to right across the period?
A) Electronegativity decreases.
B) Atomic size increases.
C) Forces of attraction between electron and nucleus increase because nuclear charge increases.
D) The outer electrons are held more weakly.
E) none of these
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 9-3
37) Which series of elements shows the smallest difference in atomic radii?
A) Li......F
B) Be......Ra
C) He......Xe
D) C......Pb
E) Sc......Zn
Answer: E
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 9-3
38) The first ionization energy for rubidium is +403.0 kJ/mol. How much energy would be required to
convert 17.1 g of gaseous rubidium to its gaseous +1 monatomic ion at constant temperature?
A) 185 kJ
B) 80.6 kJ
C) 68.9 kJ
D) 40.4 kJ
E) 34.5 kJ
Answer: B
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 9-4
157
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
39) Choose the INCORRECT statement.
A) Within a given sublevel, each orbital is usually occupied by a single electron before any orbital has
two electrons.
B) When a metallic element unites with a nonmetallic element, electrons are lost by atoms of the metal
and gained by atoms of the nonmetals.
C) The rare gas atoms complete the filling of the p orbitals.
D) The ionization energy of Ca+ is greater than that for Ca++.
E) Ba2+ is smaller than Ba+.
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 9-4
40) Choose the species from which one electron could most easily be removed.
A) Cl
B) K+
C) K
D) Ca+
E) Ar
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 9-4
42) The first ionization potential for S is lower than the first ionization potential for P because:
A) Hund's rule is violated
B) P has a p3 configuration
C) ionization potentials decrease across a representative period
D) P is to the right of S on the periodic table
E) P is below S on the periodic table
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 9-4
158
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
43) What is the relationship between ionization energy and atomic radii?
A) Energy increases as radii increase.
B) Energy is negative for all large radii.
C) Energy decreases as radii decrease.
D) Energy decreases as radii increase
E) Energy increases as as radii decrease
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 9-4
44) Which of the following elements is likely to have the largest second ionization energy?
A) Na
B) Mg
C) Al
D) Si
Answer: A
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 9-4
45) Which of the following has the smallest second ionization energy?
A) Si
B) Mg
C) Al
D) P
Answer: A
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 9-4
46) Which of the following reactions gives a positive value for the electron affinity?
A) S-(g) + e- → S2-(g)
B) O(g) + e- → O-(g)
C) S(g) + e- → S-(g)
D) Br(g) + e- → Br-(g)
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 9-5
47) Can metal atoms form negative ions in the gaseous state? Explain.
A) No, an electron cannot be added.
B) No, only a liquid can be ionized.
C) Yes, electrons can be added to a Li half-filled 2s orbital.
D) Yes, electrons can be removed from a Li half-filled 2s orbital.
E) No, the 2s orbital is completely filled.
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 9-5
159
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
48) Why is the electron affinity so positive for the noble gas elements?
A) The added electron would have to go into a new shell.
B) The added electron would have to be added into the half-filled p subshell.
C) The added electron would have to be added into the p subshell.
D) The noble gas elements are diatomic elements.
E) Electrons can't be added to gases.
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 9-5
49) Why is the electron affinity so positive for the group 2 elements?
A) The added electron would have to go into a new shell.
B) The added electron would have to be added into the half-filled p subshell.
C) The added electron would have to be added into the p subshell.
D) The groups 2 elements are diatomic elements.
E) Electrons can't be added to gases.
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 9-5
50) Why is the electron affinity so positive for the group 12 elements?
A) The added electron would have to go into a new shell.
B) The added electron would have to be added into the half-filled p subshell.
C) The added electron would have to be added into the p subshell.
D) The groups 12 elements are diatomic elements.
E) Electrons can't be added to gases.
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 9-5
51) What is the general relationship between electron affinity and atomic radii?
A) Electron affinity becomes more negative as radii increases.
B) Electron affinity becomes more negative as radii decreases.
C) Electron affinity becomes positive as radii decreases.
D) Electron affinity becomes positive as radii increases.
E) The two quantities are unrelated
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 9-5
55) Which of the following has the greatest number of unpaired electrons?
A) Cr2+
B) Ti3+
C) Co2+
D) Ni
Answer: A
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 9-6
59) The first ionization potentials for calcium and barium are 589.7 kJ/mol and 502.8 kJ/mol. What is
the predicted first ionization potential for strontium?
A) 546.3 kJ/mol
B) 1092.5 kJ/mol
C) 86.9 kJ/mol
D) 435.7 kJ/mol
E) 588 kJ/mol
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 9-7
60) Chlorine has a large negative electron affinity. Therefore, chlorine is most likely to:
A) act as an oxidizing agent
B) have a small first ionization energy
C) act as a reducing agent
D) form a basic oxide
E) release electrons readily to other atoms
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 9-7
61) Which would you expect to have the highest melting point?
A) CF4
B) HI
C) HCl
D) HBr
E) All have the same melting point.
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 9-7
162
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
62) Which of the listed elements is the poorest conductor of both heat and electricity?
A) aluminum
B) bismuth
C) cobalt
D) magnesium
E) phosphorus
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 9-7
63) From the following data, what is the estimated boiling point of liquid chlorine?
argon/bp 87 K bromine/bp 332 K fluorine/bp 86 K sulfur/bp 718 K
A) 525 K
B) 402 K
C) 209 K
D) 148 K
E) 123 K
Answer: C
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 9-7
163
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
66) The number of valence electrons for atomic potassium is ________.
A) 1
B) 5
C) 6
D) 15
E) 19
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 9-2
67) If the formula of an oxide is X2O3, what is the formula of the chloride of X?
A) XCl
B) X3Cl
C) XCl3
D) XCl6
E) X2Cl3
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 9-2
69) Which of the following atoms has the smallest atomic radius: Br, K, Fe, Cu, Bi?
A) Br
B) K
C) Fe
D) Cu
E) Bi
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 9-3
164
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
70) List in order of increasing size: Cl -, Ar, K+, S2-, Ca2+.
A) Ca2+ < K+ < Ar < Cl- < S2-
B) S2- < Cl- < Ar < K+ < Ca2+
C) Ca2+ < S2- < K+ < Ar < Cl-
D) Cl- < Ar < K+ < S2- < Ca2+
E) K+ < S2- < Ar < Cl- < Ca2+
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 9-3
71) List in order of increasing atomic size: Sr, Se, Cs, Ga, In.
A) Se < Ga < In < Sr < Cs
B) Ga < In < Se < Cs < Sr
C) Sr < In < Ga < Se < Cs
D) In < Ga < Cs < Se < Sr
E) Cs < Ga < Se < Sr < In
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 9-3
72) List in order of increasing size: K+, Se2-, Cl-, Na+, S2-.
A) Cl- < S2- < K+ < Na+ < Se2-
B) Na+ < K+ < Cl- < S2- < Se2-
C) S2- < Na+ < Cl- < Se2- < K+
D) Cl- < Se2- < K+ < Na+ < S2-
E) K+ < Na+ < Cl- < Se2- < S2-
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 9-3
73) Which main group atom or ion should be included in the following list?
Br-, Se2-, Kr, Sr2+
A) As3-
B) Ar
C) K+
D) S2-
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 9-3
165
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
74) List in order of increasing ionization energy: Na, K, F, Mg, Ne.
A) Na < K < F < Ne < Mg
B) K < Na < Mg < F < Ne
C) Ne < Mg < F < K < Na
D) F < Mg < Ne < K < Na
E) Ne < Na < Mg < F < K
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 9-4
75) The energy difference between atomic cesium and its most stable ion, in the gaseous state, is
referred to as ________.
A) atomic energy
B) electron affinity
C) entropy of vaporization
D) ionization energy
E) magnetic moment
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 9-4
76) Which of the following has the highest first ionization potential: K, Ge, Kr, Ca, Br?
A) K
B) Ge
C) Kr
D) Ca
E) Br
Answer: C
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 9-4
77) Which of the following has the highest first ionization potential: Sb, I, In, Xe, Rb?
A) Sb
B) I
C) In
D) Xe
E) Rb
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 9-4
166
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
78) Which of the following has the smallest value of the first ionization energy: Ar, Cs, N, Cu, Rb?
A) Ar
B) Cs
C) N
D) Cu
E) Rb
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 9-4
80) Arrange the following in order of increasing ionization energy: Li, Cs, K.
A) K < Li < Cs
B) Cs < K < Li
C) Li < Cs < K
D) Cs < Li < K
E) K < Cs < Li
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 9-4
81) Arrange the following elements in order of increasing ionization energy: Cs, Sc, Mn.
A) Sc < Mn < Cs
B) Sc < Cs < Mn
C) Cs < Mn < Sc
D) Cs < Sc < Mn
E) Mn < Cs < Sc
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 9-4
167
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
82) How much energy, in joules, must be absorbed to convert to Na+ all the atoms present in 1.00 mg of
gaseous Na? The first ionization energy of Na is 495.8 kJ/mol.
A) 21.6 J
B) 0.0464 J
C) 46.4 J
D) 0.0216 J
E) 1.14 × 104 J
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 9-4
83) List in order of more negative electron affinity: F, Br, Sb, Rb, Se.
(more positive → more negative)
A) Br < Se < Sb < Rb < F
B) Se < Rb < Sb < Br < F
C) Sb < Br < Rb < Se < F
D) Br < F < Rb < Sb < Se
E) Rb < Sb < Se < Br < F
Answer: E
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 9-5
84) Which of the following has the most negative electron affinity: Li, Be, N, O, F?
A) Li
B) Be
C) N
D) O
E) F
Answer: E
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 9-5
85) Choose the paramagnetic atom or ion: Ca, Ne, Sc3+, Cl-, Na.
A) Ca
B) Ne
C) Sc3+
D) Cl-
E) Na
Answer: E
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 9-6
168
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
86) Which of the following has the most unpaired electrons: Na, Mn 2+, S, N, Ar?
A) Na
B) Mn2+
C) S
D) N
E) Ar
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 9-6
87) Choose the paramagnetic atom or ion: Zn, Zn2+, Mn2+, Ar, Al3+.
A) Zn
B) Zn2+
C) Mn2+
D) Ar
E) Al3+
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 9-6
88) List in order of increasing number of unpaired electrons: N, Na, Si, Cr, Ar.
A) Cr < Si < Na < N < Ar
B) Ar < Cr < N < Na < Si
C) Ar < Cr < Si < Na < N
D) N < Na < Cr < Si < Ar
E) Ar < Na < Si < N < Cr
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 9-6
89) Which of the following has the largest number of unpaired electrons: S, Cr2+, N, K, Ne?
A) S
B) Cr2+
C) N
D) K
E) Ne
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 9-6
169
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
90) Complete 2 Na(s) + 2 H2O →
A) 2 NaH(s) + 2 OH-
B) 2 H2O(l) + 2 Na(s)
C) O2(g) + 2NaH2
D) 2 Na+ + 2 OH- + H2(g)
E) 2 NaH(s) + O2(g) + H2(g)
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 9-7
93) Find statements describing the trends in the chemical behavior of the elements:
I) The atomic size within a period of the periodic table decreases from left to right.
II) Metallic character increases within a period from right to left.
III) Basic oxides are formed by the elements near the end of each period.
IV) The tendency to lose electrons is greater among the elements of Group 1 than in Group 13.
V) Ionization potential increases as atomic size decreases.
A) I), II), III), IV)
B) II), III), IV), V)
C) I), II), IV), V)
D) I), II), III), V)
E) I), III), IV), V)
Answer: C
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 9-7
170
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
94) Complete Li2O(s) + H2O →
A) 2 LiO + H2
B) 2 Li+ + 2OH-
C) 2 LiH + O2
D) 2 LiOH
E) no reaction
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 9-7
95) Arrange the following elements in order of increasing metallic character: Al, Pt, Cd.
A) Cd < Pt < Al
B) Al < Pt < Cd
C) Al < Cd < Pt
D) Cd < Al < Pt
E) Pt < Cd < Al
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 9-7
Chemical Bonding
1) A Lewis structure is a combination of Lewis symbols representing either the transfer or the sharing of
electrons in a chemical bond.
Answer: TRUE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 10-1
4) A chemical bond for which one of the bonded atoms provides both electrons for the bond is referred
to as a coordinate covalent bond
Answer: TRUE
171
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 10-2
5) Polar bonds are caused by the bonding pair of electrons being attracted more to one atom than the
other.
Answer: TRUE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 10-3
8) In a Lewis structure, usually each atom acquires an outer-shell octet of electrons; H has 2 outer shell
electrons.
Answer: TRUE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 10-4
172
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
9) The central atom is typically the atom with the highest electronegativity.
Answer: FALSE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 10-5
10) In a Lewis structure, the number of valence electrons shown is one less for each negative charge.
Answer: FALSE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 10-5
173
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
14) Choose the INCORRECT statement.
A) In a Lewis structure, a covalent bond can be represented by a pair of electrons or a dash.
B) Pairs of electrons not involved in bonding are called lone pairs.
C) A molecule of two atoms is called a diatomic molecule.
D) Two electrons involved in a bond produce a double bond.
E) Three electron pairs involved in a bond produce a triple bond.
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 10-2
15) A chemical bond for which one of the bonded atoms provides both electrons for the bond is referred
to as a:
A) double covalent bond
B) coordinate covalent bond
C) formal covalent bond
D) free radical bond
E) VSEPR bond
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 10-1
16) In which of the following molecules would you expect the nitrogen-to-nitrogen bond to be the
shortest?
A) N2H4
B) N2
C) N2O4
D) N2O
E) NH3
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 10-2
174
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
18) Which of the following is least likely to form multiple bonds?
A) phosphorus
B) oxygen
C) nitrogen
D) carbon
E) barium
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 10-2
175
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
22) Which of the following exhibits ionic bonding?
A) C2H6
B) Na2S
C) H2CO
D) SiCl4
E) SF4
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 10-3
23) Which of the following would be properly classified as a set of covalent molecules?
A) NaClO4, C4H10, NH3
B) NaCl, CH4, S8
C) CO2, HCN, O2
D) CO2, NH4Cl, C2H6
E) AgCl, ScF3, P4
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 10-3
25) With the representations of "I" for ionic bond, "PC" for polar covalent bond, and "NP" for nonpolar
covalent bond, which of the following descriptive combinations is correct?
A) CsF/PC
B) F2/I
C) NO/NP
D) HCl/PC
E) BrCl/NP
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 10-3
176
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
26) Choose the INCORRECT statement.
A) In a Lewis structure, a terminal atom is bonded to two or more atoms.
B) In a Lewis structure all valence electrons must appear.
C) In a Lewis structure, usually all electrons are paired.
D) In a Lewis structure, usually each atom acquires an outer-shell octet of electrons; H has 2 outer shell
electrons.
E) In Lewis structures, most multiple covalent bonds are formed by C, N, O, P, and S.
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 10-4
27) After drawing the Lewis dot structure of HCN, pick the INCORRECT statement from the following.
A) The C-N bond is a double bond.
B) There are no lone pairs on C.
C) The C-H bond is a single bond.
D) There is a lone pair of electrons on N.
E) There are no lone pairs on H.
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 10-4
28) After drawing the Lewis dot structure of HC(O)OH, pick the INCORRECT statement from the
following.
A) The oxygen not also bonded to hydrogen has a double bond to carbon.
B) The carbon has a lone pair.
C) Both oxygens have two lone pairs.
D) The O-H bond is a single bond.
E) The C-H bond is a single bond.
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 10-4
29) After drawing the Lewis dot structure of HOClO2, pick the INCORRECT statement of the
following.
A) The oxygen bonded to the hydrogen has two lone pairs.
B) The oxygens not bonded to hydrogen have three lone pairs.
C) The O Cl bonds are all double bonds.
D) The H O bond is a single bond.
E) Chlorine has a full octet.
Answer: C
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 10-4
177
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
30) After drawing the Lewis dot structure of CH2CCl2, pick the INCORRECT statement of the
following.
A) The C C bond is a double bond.
B) The H C bonds are single bonds.
C) The Cl C bonds are single bonds.
D) Each carbon has a lone pair.
E) Each chlorine has three lone pairs.
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 10-4
31) As indicated by Lewis structures, which of the following molecules would probably be unstable?
A) NH3
B) N2H6
C) SF4
D) CH2F2
E) SiH4
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 10-4
178
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
34) Based on the Lewis structures, which of the following molecules would you expect to exhibit
resonance?
A) LiH
B) CH4
C) HNO2
D) OF2
E) none of these
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 10-5
35) Which of the following species is best represented by a resonance hybrid having two contributing
structures?
A) nitric acid
B) nitrous acid
C) nitride ion
D) nitrate ion
E) nitrogen
Answer: A
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 10-5
179
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
38) Choose the INCORRECT statement.
A) Molecules with all paired electrons are diamagnetic.
B) Highly reactive molecular fragments with unpaired electrons are free radicals.
C) An expanded octet has larger electron clouds.
D) Electron pairs repel each other.
E) VSEPR stands for valence-shell electron pair repulsion.
Answer: C
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 10-6
41) Which of the following has a molecular structure best described as involving an "incomplete octet"?
A) OF2
B) BF3
C) CF4
D) NF3
E) F2
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 10-6
180
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
42) Which of the following has a molecular structure that can be represented without use of an
"expanded octet"?
A) Fe(CN)63-
B) C2Cl6
C) SF6
D) PF5
E) PtCl5-
Answer: B
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 10-6
43) Which of the following statements correctly describe the basic concepts and uses of VSEPR theory:
I) The VSEPR theory is used for estimating bond angles.
II) The VSEPR theory is used for predicting electronegativities.
III) The VSEPR theory is helpful in predicting polarity.
IV) The VSEPR theory states that electron pairs repel each other.
V) The VSEPR theory uses valence electron counting for structure prediction.
A) I), II), III), IV)
B) I), II), IV), V)
C) I), II), III), V)
D) II), III), IV), V)
E) I), III), IV), V)
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 10-7
181
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
46) Which of the following molecules is polar?
A) NBr3
B) CH4
C) CS2
D) NH4+
E) PCl5
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 10-7
182
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
50) Which of the following sets contains only linear molecules?
A) CO2, HCN, O2
B) H2S, HCN, CO2
C) H2O, CO, Cl2
D) H2S, CO, CO2
E) BF3, Cl2, O2
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 10-7
52) Choose the groups of molecules below in which all the molecules have a net dipole moment.
A) SiHCl3, O2, H2O
B) HF, H2C=CH2, H2O
C) HF, CH3Cl, H2O
D) CCl4, HCl, NH3
E) HF, H2O, N2
Answer: C
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 10-7
53) Which of the following molecules has both an electron group geometry and a molecular geometry
described as trigonal planar?
A) SiH4
B) PF3
C) OF2
D) CHF3
E) BF3
Answer: E
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 10-7
183
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
54) Which of the following molecules contains polar bonds but has a zero dipole moment?
A) N2
B) NH3
C) CO2
D) CH3Cl
E) BrCl
Answer: C
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 10-7
55) Which compound would be expected to have the shortest carbon-carbon bond?
A) H3CCH3
B) HCCH
C) H2CCH2
D) F3CCF3
E) Cl2CCCl2
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 10-8
56) Which compound would be expected to have the shortest nitrogen-nitrogen bond?
A) H2NNH2
B) HNNH
C) N2
D) O2NNO2
E) (CH3)2NNH2
Answer: C
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 10-8
57) Given the bond enthalpies C C (348), C O (707), O O (498), H O (464), C H (414) all in
kJ/mol, compute ΔH° kJ/mol for the complete combustion of C7H16.
A) -3.13 × 103 kJ/mol
B) -2.93 × 103 kJ/mol
C) -2.57 × 103 kJ/mol
D) -2.43 × 103 kJ/mol
E) +2.57 × 103 kJ/mol
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 10-9
184
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
58) How many "dots" should be shown in the Lewis symbol for phosphorus?
A) 1
B) 3
C) 5
D) 8
E) 10
Answer: C
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 10-1
59) How many "dots" should be shown for the oxygen symbol in lithium oxide?
A) 2
B) 4
C) 6
D) 8
E) 10
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 10-1
185
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
62) Write a Lewis structure for calcium hydride.
A)
B)
C)
D) H Ca H
E) Ca H
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 10-1
65) How many bond pairs ("bp") and how many lone pairs ("lp") should be shown in the Lewis structure
for carbon monoxide?
A) 1 bp/4 lp
B) 2 bp/3 lp
C) 3 bp/2 lp
D) 4 bp/1 lp
E) 5 bp/0 lp
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 10-2
186
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
66) Arrange the following in order of increasing electronegativity: Cs, F, As, Cl.
A) As < Cl < Cs < F
B) Cl < As < F < Cs
C) As < F < Cs < Cl
D) Cl < Cs < F < As
E) Cs < As < Cl < F
Answer: E
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 10-3
67) After drawing the Lewis dot structure for PCl3, determine the number of single bonds, double
bonds, and lone pairs on the central atom.
A) 2, 1, 1
B) 3, 0, 1
C) 2, 0, 2
D) 3, 1, 0
E) 3, 1, 1
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 10-4
68) After drawing the Lewis dot structure for CO2, determine the number of single bonds, double bonds,
and lone pairs on the central atom.
A) 2, 2, 0
B) 2, 0, 2
C) 0, 2, 0
D) 2, 0, 1
E) 0, 2, 2
Answer: C
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 10-4
69) After drawing the Lewis dot structure for CH3Cl, determine the number of single bonds, double
bonds, and lone pairs on the central atom.
A) 4, 1, 0
B) 4, 0, 1
C) 3, 0, 1
D) 4, 0, 0
E) 3, 1, 0
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 10-4
187
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
70) After drawing the Lewis dot structure for CH2O, determine the number of single bonds, double
bonds, and lone pairs on the central atom.
A) 1, 2, 0
B) 2, 1, 1
C) 3, 0, 1
D) 3, 1, 0
E) 2, 1, 0
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 10-4
188
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
74) What is the formal charge on carbon in the bicarbonate ion (HOCO2)?
A) +2
B) -2
C) +1
D) -1
E) 0
Answer: E
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 10-4
75) After drawing the Lewis dot structure for BeCl2, determine the number of single bonds, double
bonds, and lone pairs on the central atom.
A) 2, 0, 0
B) 2, 0, 2
C) 2, 0,1
D) 0, 2, 0
E) 1, 1, 0
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 10-6
76) After drawing the Lewis dot structure for XeCl4, determine the number of single bonds, double
bonds, and lone pairs on the central atom.
A) 4, 0, 0
B) 4, 0, 2
C) 4, 0, 1
D) 3, 1, 0
E) 1, 3, 0
Answer: B
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 10-6
77) After drawing the Lewis dot structure for XeCl2, determine the number of single bonds, double
bonds, and lone pairs on the central atom.
A) 2, 0, 2
B) 0, 2, 0
C) 0, 2, 1
D) 2, 0, 3
E) 2, 0, 0
Answer: D
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 10-6
189
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
78) After drawing the Lewis dot structure for IF7, determine the number of single bonds, double bonds,
and lone pairs on the central atom.
A) 3, 2, 1
B) 7, 0, 1
C) 7, 0, 0
D) 1, 0, 0
E) 4, 0, 0
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 10-6
190
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
82) What is the correct molecular geometry for the carbon atom in urea (NH2)2CO?
A) Tetrahedral
B) T-Shaped
C) Trigonal planar
D) Trigonal pyramidal
E) Trigonal bipyramidal
Answer: C
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 10-7
83) What is the correct molecular geometry for silicon atom in disilane Si 2H6?
A) Tetrahedral
B) Square planar
C) Octahedral
D) Linear
E) Bent
Answer: A
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 10-7
191
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
86) What is the bond order for the carbon-oxygen bond in formaldehyde (CH2O), which has no O-H
bonds?
A) 0
B) 1
C) 2
D) 3
E) 4
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 10-8
87) Given the listed bond lengths, what would be the most reasonable estimate for the carbon-oxygen
bond length in carbon dioxide?
C-C/154 pm C=C/120 pm C-O/143 pm O-O/145 pm O=O/121 pm
A) ca. 120 pm
B) ca. 130 pm
C) ca. 140 pm
D) ca. 150 pm
E) > 150 pm
Answer: A
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 10-8
88) Given the bond enthalpies N H (389), Cl Cl (243), N Cl (201), and H Cl (431) in kJ/mol,
compute ΔH° in kJ/mol for NH3(g) + Cl2(g) → NH2Cl + HCl(g)
A) -393
B) -1100
C) +71
D) +393
E) 0
Answer: E
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 10-9
89) Given the bond enthalpies I Cl (209), H H (435), H I (297), and H Cl (431) in kJ/mol, compute
ΔH° in kJ/mol for: ICl3(g) + 2 H2(g) → HI(g) + 3 HCl(g)
A) +264
B) -84
C) -93
D) -523
E) +84
Answer: C
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 10-9
192
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
90) Given the bond enthalpies Cl Cl (243), C Cl (339), H Cl (431),C H (414) all in kJ/mol, estimate
ΔH for the following reaction: CH4(g) + Cl2(g) → CH3Cl(g) + HCl(g)
A) -113 kJ
B) -356 kJ
C) 301 kJ
D) -1427 kJ
E) -30 kJ
Answer: A
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 10-9
91) Given the bond enthalpies C C (611), C C (837), H H (436),C H (414) all in kJ/mol, estimate
ΔH for the following reaction: C2H2(g) + H2(g) → C2H4(g)
A) -60 kJ
B) -166 kJ
C) -994 kJ
D) +166 kJ
E) 98 kJ
Answer: B
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 10-9
92) Compound EX4 reacts with Y2 giving two products: EX3Y and XY. Calculate the E-X bond
enthalpy if the reaction liberates 243.6 kJ/mol and other bond enthalpies are: Y-Y 109 kJ/mol, X-Y
123.1 kJ/mol and E-Y 290 kJ/mol.
A) 60.5 kJ/mol
B) 547.7 kJ/mol
C) 20.6 kJ/mol
D) 234.7 kJ/mol
E) 176.9 kJ/mol
Answer: A
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 10-9
93) Given the bond enthalpies N N (946), H H (436), H N (389), all in kJ/mol, estimate ΔH for the
following reaction: N2(g) + 3 H2(g) → 2NH3(g).
A) -215 kJ
B) -863 kJ
C) -80 kJ
D) 568 kJ
E) -1476 kJ
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 10-9
193
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
94) Given the bond enthalpies H O (464), Cl Cl (243), Cl O (205), and H Cl (431) in kJ/mol,
compute ΔH° in kJ/mol for H2O(g) + Cl2(g) → HOCl(g) + HCl(g).
A) -393
B) -1100
C) +71
D) +393
E) +1100
Answer: C
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 10-9
95) Given the bond enthalpies C O (360), C O (707), O O (498), H O (464), C H (414), all in
kJ/mol, estimate ΔH for the following reaction: CH3OCH3(g) + 3 O2(g) → 2 CO2(g) + 3 H2O(g).
A) -2332 kJ
B) -242 kJ
C) 870 kJ
D) -2106 kJ
E) -914 kJ
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 10-9
96) Given the bond enthalpies C O (707), O O (498), H O (464), and C H (414) in kJ/mol, compute
ΔH° in kJ/mol for: CH4(g) + 2 O2(g) → CO2(g) + 2 H2O(g).
A) +618
B) +259
C) -519
D) -618
E) -259
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 10-9
97) Given the listed average bond energies, calculate the enthalpy change for the production of 48 g of
methanol by the reaction:
CO2(g) + 3 H2(g) → CH3OH(g) + H2O(g)
C O/360 kJ/mol C O/736 kJ/mol H H/436 kJ/mol
H O/464 kJ/mol H C/414 kJ/mol
A) +214 kJ
B) +639 kJ
C) 0
D) -214 kJ
E) -108 kJ
Answer: D
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 10-9
194
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
Molecular Orbital Theory
1) The valence-bond method describes covalent bonding as the overlap of partially filled orbitals.
Answer: TRUE
Diff: 2 Type: TF
Reference: Section 11-2
7) Resonance structures and delocalized orbitals are different ways to describe the same bonding.
Answer: TRUE
Diff: 3 Type: TF
Reference: Section 11-6
8) In a semiconductor, the energy gap between the valence band and the conduction band is large.
Answer: FALSE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 11-7
195
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
10) Band theory describes the properties of metals and insulators but not semiconductors.
Answer: FALSE
Diff: 3 Type: TF
Reference: Section 11-7
11) In extrinsic semiconductors, the band width is set by the element and cannot be changed.
Answer: FALSE
Diff: 3 Type: TF
Reference: Section 11-7
12) The description of covalent bond formation as a region of high electronic charge density resulting
from overlap of atomic orbitals between the two bonded atoms is referred to as:
A) atomic orbital theory
B) the electron-sea model
C) hybridization theory
D) valence-bond method
E) VSEPR method
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 11-2
13) Which of the following statements concerning the carbon dioxide molecule is correct?
A) The molecule contains two lone pairs of valence electrons.
B) The molecule contains two σ bonds.
C) The molecule contains four π bonds.
D) The carbon is described by sp2 hybridization.
E) Each oxygen is described by sp3 hybridization.
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 11-3
196
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
15) According to the principles of VSEPR applied on ICl5, which of the following is INCORRECT?
A) VSEPR formula = AX5E
B) molecular geometry = square pyramid
C) hybridization = sp3d
D) electron pair geometry = octahedral
E) one lone pair and 5 bonding pairs
Answer: C
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 11-3
16) According to principles of VSEPR theory applied on AsCl52-, which of the following is
INCORRECT?
A) VSEPR formula = AX5E
B) molecular geometry = square planar
C) electron pair geometry = octahedral
D) hybridization = sp3d2
E) one lone pair and 5 bonding pairs
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 11-3
197
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
19) Which of the pairs of molecules below have the same hybridization on the central atom? (The
central atom is underlined.)
A) HOCl, ClF3
B) H2O, HNO
C) HCN, CO2
D) BeH2, NH3
E) H3COH, CH2O
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 11-3
21) Which combination of hybrid orbital descriptions and electronic geometry descriptions is
INCORRECT?
A) sp/linear
B) sp2/trigonal planar
C) sp3/tetrahedral
D) sp3d/square planar
E) sp3d2/octahedral
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 11-3
198
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
22) Which hybrid orbitals are impossible in electrically neutral molecules containing only the elements
shown?
A) sp3/Al and H
B) sp2/B and F
C) sp/C and H
D) sp2/N and O
E) sp3/O and F
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 11-3
23) Three of the molecular shapes which a sp3d hybridized molecule can have are:
A) triangular, trigonal bipyramid, linear
B) linear, square planar, T-shaped
C) irregular tetrahedron, T-shaped, bent
D) T-shaped, linear, trigonal bipyramid
E) linear, tetragonal pyramid, octahedral
Answer: D
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 11-3
24) For BeCl2, the dipole moment of the molecule, hybridization on the central atom, and number of
lone pairs on the central atom are:
A) toward Be, sp2, none
B) away from Be, sp2, one
C) none, sp, none
D) toward Be, sp, one
E) none, sp3, two
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 11-3
199
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
26) Which of the pairs of molecules below have the same hybridization on the central atom? (The
central atom is underlined in each molecule.)
A) CO2, CH4
B) H2CO, BeH2
C) BCl3, HNO
D) H2O, HF
E) NH3, HNO
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 11-3
27) Find the correct statements about the bonding in methane, CH4.
I) The carbon s and p orbitals combine to form four equivalent sp3 orbitals
II) All C-H bonds have the same strength
III) Molecular geometry is different from electron group geometry
IV) Four C sp3 orbitals combine with the s orbitals of the hydrogens to form bonds
A) I), II), III)
B) I), II), IV)
C) II), III), IV)
D) I), III) IV)
E) I), II)
Answer: B
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 11-3
200
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
30) Choose the INCORRECT statement about NH2-.
A) There are no π bonds.
B) There are two σ bonds.
C) N is sp3 hybridization.
D) The molecule is bent.
E) There is one lone pair on N.
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 11-3
201
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
34) Which statement regarding VB theory is INCORRECT?
A) A single bond is a sigma bond.
B) A triple bond is two sigma bonds and a pi bond.
C) A double bond requires each atom to have an unhybridized p orbital.
D) Both atoms in a triple bond have linear geometry.
E) sp3 hybridization produces tetrahedral geometry.
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 11-4
36) π bonds:
A) are the only kind of bonds present in double bonds
B) have very little electron density along the internuclear axis
C) are formed by endwise overlap of p orbits
D) are formed from hybrid orbitals
E) are formed from s orbitals
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 11-4
37) A σ bond:
A) can only be formed by s orbitals
B) is weaker than a pi bond
C) has high electron probability along the axis between atoms
D) cannot be formed by two p orbitals
E) is formed through side-on overlap of two atomic orbitals
Answer: C
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 11-4
38) The double covalent bond between two carbon atoms in ethylene (C 2H4):
A) is free to rotate because of delocalized electrons
B) is a sigma bond
C) consists of one sigma and one pi bond
D) has a low electron density
E) includes a "lone pair" of electrons on one of the carbons
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 11-4
202
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
39) Choose the INCORRECT statement about H3O+.
A) There is one π bond.
B) There are 3 σ bonds.
C) There is one lone pair on O.
D) The hybridization on O is sp3.
E) The OH bonds are O(sp3) - H(1s).
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 11-4
41) According to VB theory, a double bond that results from the sharing of four electrons consists of:
A) 2 sigma bonds
B) one sigma and one pi bond
C) one sigma bond
D) two pi bonds
E) one sigma bond and one coordinate bond
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 11-4
203
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
43) Choose the INCORRECT statement about AsF6-.
A) The hybridization is sp3d2.
B) The molecule is octahedral.
C) There are no π bonds.
D) There is one lone pair of electrons.
E) There are six σ bonds.
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 11-4
204
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
46) The structure of aspirin is given below.
Which set of hybrid orbitals best describes the O-C bond, labeled "a", "b", in aspirin?
A) sp3-sp2
B) sp3-sp3
C) sp2-sp2
D) sp-sp2
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 11-4
48) According to the molecular orbital (MO) theory, when two oxygen atoms bond together, their 2p
orbitals combine to form:
A) two sigma molecular orbitals (MOs) and four pi MOs
B) two sigma MOs and two pi MOs
C) four pi MOs only
D) one sigma and one pi MO
E) a delocalized set of MO
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 11-5
205
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
49) Which statement is INCORRECT about molecular orbital theory?
A) The number of molecular orbitals produced is equal to the number of atomic orbitals combined.
B) Each pair of sigma molecular orbitals is a bonding orbital and an antibonding orbital.
C) The antibonding orbital is at a lower energy than the bonding orbital.
#e- in bonding - #e- in antibonding
D) The bond order (BO) is .
2
E) Hund's rule says that each orbital of identical energy has one electron before pairs are formed.
Answer: C
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 11-5
50) According to Molecular Orbital (MO) theory, which statement below is true?
A) A molecule with an even number of electrons must be diamagnetic.
B) There are as many sigma bonds as pi bonds in a molecule.
C) There are as many molecular orbitals as there are atomic orbitals.
D) There are as many bonding as antibonding electrons in a molecule.
E) All molecules contain pi bonds.
Answer: C
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 11-5
51) According to MO theory, assuming that the molecular orbits are the same as a diatomic molecule,
which is an INCORRECT statement for CN-?
A) The BO is 2.
B) There are no unpaired electrons.
C) The σ2p is the highest filled level.
D) The molecule is diamagnetic.
E) There are 10 electrons in the n=2 level orbitals.
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 11-5
206
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
53) According to MO theory, which is the INCORRECT statement for C2-?
A) The BO is 2.5.
B) There is one unpaired electron.
C) The σ2p orbital has two electrons.
D) The molecule is paramagnetic.
E) There are 9 electrons in the molecular orbitals.
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 11-5
57) According to MO theory, all of the following have a bond order of 2 EXCEPT:
A) NO
B) CN+
C) C2
D) O2
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 11-5
207
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
58) Which of the following statements concerning molecular orbital (MO) theory is FALSE?
A) The number of MOs formed equals the number of atomic orbitals combined.
B) Any set of MOs from 2 atomic orbitals involves 1 bonding and 1 antibonding orbital.
C) Electrons normally enter the lowest energy MO available to them.
D) No more than two electrons can enter a particular MO.
E) Electrons enter MOs of identical energies in pairs before any enter singly.
Answer: E
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 11-5
59) Which of the following statements concerning the relative energy levels of molecular orbitals for the
O2 molecule is INCORRECT?
A) σ1s < σ1s*
B) σ2s < σ2p
C) π2p < σ2p
D) π2p* < σ2p*
E) σ1s* < σ2s
Answer: C
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 11-5
60) The extra stability that a molecule gains due to electron delocalizations (the electrons being free to
move throughout large parts of the molecule) is called:
A) ionization energy
B) lattice energy
C) covalent strength
D) resonance energy
E) bond energy
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 11-6
208
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
62) If the HCOO- ion is described using delocalized electrons, why can the oxygen atoms not have sp3
hybrids?
A) There must be an unhybridized p orbital to form the pi bond system.
B) The s orbital must be unhybridized to form the pi bond system.
C) There is no hybridization in systems with delocalized electrons.
D) Molecular orbital theory does not include hybridization.
E) The four lobes repel each other too strongly.
Answer: A
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 11-6
63) How would replacing one of benzene's C atoms and the H atom attached to it with an N atom
(C5H5N) affect the delocalized electrons?
A) The molecule would not be stable.
B) The N can have delocalized electrons like C.
C) Only the five C atoms would be included in the delocalized electrons.
D) There would be no delocalized electrons but a double bond between the N and a C.
E) There would be no delocalized electrons but a double bond between the N and the C on each side of
the N.
Answer: B
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 11-6
64) Which of the following does NOT involve any delocalized π bonds?
A) acetate ion
B) carbonate ion
C) nitric acid
D) nitrous acid
E) ozone
Answer: D
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 11-6
209
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
66) Which of the following statements about extrinsic semiconductors is INCORRECT?
A) They are generally made from pure Si or Ge with small amounts of impurities.
B) n-type are those in which the impurity is an element of Group 15.
C) p-type are those in which the impurity is an element of Group 13.
D) The crystal need not be very pure before the impurity is added to produce the semiconductor.
E) Boron is a common impurity in n-type extrinsic semiconductors.
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 11-7
67) The "electron-sea" model for bonding in metals, although an oversimplification, offers a reasonable
explanation of all of the following metallic properties EXCEPT:
A) ductility
B) electrical conductivity
C) gaseous diatomic metal molecules
D) thermal conductivity
E) malleability
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 11-7
68) The inclusion of a small amount of phosphorus in a crystal of pure germanium yields what kind of
semiconductor?
A) an insulator
B) an amorphous solid
C) n-type, in which extra electrons carry the current
D) p-type, in which a deficiency of electrons carries the current
E) p-n-p type
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 11-7
69) The inclusion of a small amount of aluminum in a crystal of pure germanium yields what kind of
semiconductor?
A) an insulator
B) an amorphous solid
C) n-type, in which extra electrons carry the current
D) p-type, in which a deficiency of electrons carries the current
E) p-n-p type
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 11-7
210
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
70) All of the following are p-type semiconductors EXCEPT:
A) As in Si.
B) Al in Si.
C) B in Ge.
D) In in Se.
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 11-7
72) According to the band theory of bonding, the smallest energy difference between a conduction band
and a valence band typically occurs in substances such as:
A) crystalline rock salt
B) crystalline rubidium
C) crystalline silicon
D) crystalline iodine
E) crystalline arsenic
Answer: B
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 11-7
211
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
74) According to the band theory, why is a material such as diamond an insulator?
A) All of the electrons are in the conduction band.
B) All of the electrons are tied to nuclei.
C) Very few electrons can make the transition over the large energy gap between the valence band and
the conduction band.
D) The bonds in diamond are too strong to allow atoms to move so no current flows.
E) There are no electrons in the valence band.
Answer: C
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 11-7
76) Which of the following is INCORRECT about silicon doped with phosphorus?
A) It would form a p-type semiconductor.
B) Phosphorus is a donor atom.
C) Phosphorus has five valence electrons.
D) Each phosphorus is bonded to four neighboring silicon atoms.
E) The extra phosphorus electron is promoted to the conduction band.
Answer: A
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 11-7
77) If the wave functions describing the 2s and two of the 2p orbitals are combined, the identical orbitals
derived form bond angles of ________.
A) 90°
B) 120°
C) 180°
D) 109.5°
E) 360°
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 11-3
212
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
78) The hybridization of N in NO2- is ________.
A) sp
B) sp2
C) spd
D) sp3
E) dsp
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 11-3
81) According to the valence bond theory, in the ion NH4+, nitrogen is using which orbitals for bonding?
A) sp3
B) p
C) sp2d
D) sp
E) s
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 11-3
213
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
82) The geometry of sp2 hybridized orbitals is ________.
A) linear
B) tetrahedral
C) trigonal planar
D) octahedral
E) T-shaped
Answer: C
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 11-3
86) The three molecular shapes an sp3 hybridized molecule can have are ________.
A) triangular, bent, T-shaped
B) irregular tetrahedron, T-shaped, linear
C) octahedron, square pyramid, square planar
D) tetrahedron, trigonal pyramid, bent
E) tetrahedron, T-shaped, bent
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 11-3
214
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
87) For XeF4, what are the dipole moment orientation, hybridization on the central atom, and the
number of lone pairs on the central atom?
A) none, sp3d2, two
B) none, sp3, none
C) away from one pair, sp3d, one
D) toward one pair, sp3d, one
E) toward Xe, sp3d2, one
Answer: A
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 11-3
89) How many σ bonds and how many π bonds are present in the carbonic acid molecule, H2CO3?
A) 2σ/4π
B) 3σ/3π
C) 4σ/2π
D) 5σ/1π
E) 6σ/0π
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 11-4
215
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
90) One resonance structure of N2O is
The hybridized atomic orbitals of the central nitrogen atom which are consistent with this structure are
________.
A) four sp3 orbitals
B) three sp2 orbitals and a p orbital
C) two sp2 orbitals and two sp orbitals
D) two sp orbitals and two p orbitals
E) one sp orbital and two p orbitals
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 11-4
91) Which is the correct molecular orbital diagram for O2- ion?
A) σ 2s ↑ ↓ σ 2s* ↑ ↓ π2p ↑ ↓ σ2p ↑ ↓ π2p* ↑ ↓, ↑
B) σ 2s ↑ ↓ σ 2s* ↑ ↓ π2p ↑ ↓ σ2p ↑ ↓ π2p* ↑ ↑, ↑
C) σ 2s ↑ ↓ σ 2s* ↑ ↓ π2p ↑ ↓, ↑ ↓ σ2p ↑ π2p* ↑ ↓
D) σ 2s ↑ ↓ σ 2s* ↑ ↓ π2p ↑ ↓, ↑ ↓ σ2p ↑ ↓ π2p* ↑
E) σ 2s ↑ ↓ σ 2s* ↑ π2p ↑ ↓, ↑ ↓, ↑ ↓ σ2p ↑ ↓ π2p* ↑
Answer: B
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 11-5
92) Which is the correct molecular orbital diagram for carbon monoxide?
A) σ 2s ↑ ↓ σ 2s* ↑ ↓ π2p ↑ ↓, ↑ ↓ σ2p ↑ ↓
B) σ 2s ↑ ↓ σ 2s* ↑ ↓ π2p ↑ ↓, ↑ ↓ σ2p ↑ π2p* ↑
C) σ 2s ↑ ↓ σ 2s* ↑ ↓ π2p ↑ ↓, σ2p ↑ ↓ π2p* ↑ ↓
D) σ 2s ↑ ↓ σ 2s* ↑ ↓ π2p ↑, ↑, σ2p ↑ ↓ π2p* ↑ ↓
E) σ 2s ↑ ↓ σ 2s* ↑ ↓ π2p ↑ ↓, ↑ ↓ π2p* ↑ ↓
Answer: A
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 11-5
93) How many σ- and π-bonds, respectively, are there in phenylisothiocyanate, C 6H5NCS? Ignore the
C H bonds in your counting.
A) 9 and 5
B) 8 and 4
C) 5 and 5
D) 9 and 2
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 11-6
216
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
94) How many π-electrons are there in S2O where S is the central atom?
A) 4
B) 2
C) 6
D) 0
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 11-6
95) The HCOO- ion can be described by using delocalized electrons. What is the hybridization of the C
atom?
A) sp
B) sp3
C) sp2d
D) sp3d
E) sp2
Answer: E
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 11-6
96) What would be the hybridization of the N in the benzene-like molecule (C5H5N)?
A) sp
B) sp3
C) sp3d2
D) sp3d
E) sp2
Answer: E
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 11-6
97) What would be the bond order of the N-C bonds in the benzene-like molecule (C5H5N)?
A) 0
B) 1
C) 1/2
D) 3/2
E) 2
Answer: D
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 11-6
217
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
Liquids and Solids
2) H2NCH2CH2NH2 probably has a higher boiling point at 1.00 atm pressure than CH3CH2CH2NH2.
Answer: TRUE
Diff: 2 Type: TF
Reference: Section 12-1
3) The property of a liquid that measures its resistance to flow is called resistivity.
Answer: FALSE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 12-2
4) Surface tension of a liquid is the work or energy required to increase the surface area of a liquid
Answer: TRUE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 12-2
6) The phenomenon of supercooling refers to the existence of a metastable liquid at a temperature below
that of its sublimation point.
Answer: FALSE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 12-3
9) All sides are equal in length and all angles are right angles. There is an atom at each corner and one in
the center. This is a simple cubic cell.
Answer: FALSE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 12-6
10) All sides are equal in length and all angles are right angles. There is an atom at each corner and one
at the center of each side. This is a face-centered cubic cell.
Answer: TRUE
218
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 12-6
11) Which of the following statements concerning molecules in the liquid state is true?
A) Cohesive forces are not important.
B) The molecules contract to fit the size of the container.
C) The molecules have no motion.
D) The molecules are in a patterned (oriented) arrangement.
E) The molecules are mobile and relatively close together.
Answer: E
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 12-1
12) Which probably has the lowest boiling point at 1.0 atm pressure?
A) PbH4
B) SnH4
C) SiH4
D) GeH4
E) CH4
Answer: E
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 12-1
13) Which probably has the lowest boiling point at 1.0 atm pressure?
A) C2H6
B) C4H10
C) C6H14
D) C3H8
E) C5H12
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 12-1
14) If one compares compound A, composed of nonpolar molecules, with compound B, composed of
polar molecules, and both molecules have the same molecular formula, then it is true that:
A) both compounds have the same boiling point
B) A boils at a lower temperature than B
C) B will not boil
D) B boils at a lower temperature than A
E) we have to know the structural formula to determine the differences in boiling points of A and B
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 12-1
15) Below are given the Lewis structures of five molecules. Which one displays the LEAST hydrogen
bonding?
219
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 12-1
16) Below are given the Lewis structures of five molecules. Which one displays the MOST hydrogen
bonding?
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 12-1
220
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
17) Which of the following compounds has the highest boiling point?
A) NH3
B) H2O
C) HF
D) CH4
E) HBr
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 12-1
18) Which probably has the highest boiling point at 1.00 atm pressure?
A) H2NCH2CH2NH2
B) CH3CH2CH2NH2
C) (CH3)2CHNH2
D) CH3CH2NHCH3
E) (CH3)3N
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 12-1
221
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
21) What is the difference between "normal boiling point" and "boiling point" of a liquid?
A) "Normal boiling point" is a boiling point of a liquid at normal (standard) pressure and temperature,
while "boiling point" is measured at any other conditions of pressure and temperature.
B) "Normal boiling point" is a boiling point of 1 mol of a liquid with a surface of 1 m 2, while "boiling
point" is boiling temperature for any other amount of a substance.
C) "Normal boiling point" is a boiling point a liquid has at 1 atm of pressure; "boiling point" is a boiling
temperature of a liquid at any other pressure.
D) "Normal boiling point" and "boiling point" are synonyms.
E) "Normal boiling point" refers to 1 g of substance; "boiling point" refers to any other amount of
substance.
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 12-2
23) A liquid is in equilibrium with its vapor. If some of the vapor is allowed to escape, what is the
immediate result?
A) The condensation rate decreases.
B) The vaporization rate increases.
C) The condensation rate increases.
D) The vaporization rate decreases.
E) The rates of condensation and vaporization are not effected.
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 12-2
222
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
24) When a liquid is in dynamic equilibrium with its vapor at a given temperature, the following
conditions could exist:
I) There is no transfer of molecules between liquid and vapor.
II) The vapor pressure has a unique value.
III) The opposing processes, (liquid to vapor) and (vapor to liquid), proceed at equal rates.
IV) The concentration of vapor is dependent on time.
Which of the above choices are applicable?
A) I
B) II and III
C) I, II, and III
D) II and IV
E) II, III and IV
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 12-2
26) Under which of the following conditions will vaporization best occur?
A) high mass, large surface area, high kinetic energy
B) weak forces between molecules, high kinetic energy, large surface area
C) high molecular energy, small surface area
D) low kinetic energy, strong molecular forces, large surface area
E) small surface area, low kinetic energy, low molecular mass
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 12-2
223
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
28) A liquid has a normal boiling point of 78°C and its vapor pressure is 400 mmHg at 50°C. To
compute the molar heat of vaporization, one needs:
A) the mole weight
B) all information has been provided
C) the vapor pressure at another temperature
D) the specific heat
E) molarity
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 12-2
29) The phenomenon in which a steel needle can, with proper care, be made to float on the surface of
some water illustrates a property of liquids known as:
A) compressibility
B) polarizability
C) surface tension
D) triple point
E) viscosity
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 12-2
224
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
32) The phenomenon of supercooling refers to the existence of a metastable:
A) liquid at a temperature below that of its critical point
B) liquid at a temperature below that of its sublimation point
C) liquid at a temperature below that of its freezing point
D) gas at a temperature below that of its critical point
E) two-phase liquid/solid mixture at the freezing point
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 12-3
34) A passage of substance directly from the vapor to the solid state is known as:
A) deposition
B) decomposition
C) sublimation
D) solidification
E) fusion
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 12-3
35) Which of the following is true assuming point A has P = 180 mmHg, T = 50°C, point C has P = 275
mmHg, T = 200°C and points A, B, and C form a right triangle?
225
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
36) According to the phase diagram given, which of the following statements is INCORRECT?
A) At the temperature and pressure of point 2, substance Z exists as a three-phase equilibrium system.
B) At the temperature and pressure of point 3, substance Z exists as a one-phase gaseous system.
C) If the Z(s) = Z(l) = Z(g) system is maintained at the temperature of point 2 while pressure is
decreased, more Z will vaporize.
D) If liquid Z is maintained at the pressure of point 4 while the temperature is decreased to 30°C, the
liquid will vaporize.
E) The existence of liquid Z at -50°C and 2 atm represents the metastable condition of "supercooling."
Answer: D
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 12-4
37) According to the phase diagram given, which of the following statements is wrong?
A) At the temperature and pressure of point 1, substance W exists as a three-phase equilibrium system.
B) At the temperature of point 2, a pressure of 500 torr is sufficient to liquify gaseous W.
C) If the W(l) = W(g) system is maintained at the temperature of point 3 while pressure is decreased,
more W will vaporize.
D) If liquid W is maintained at the pressure of point 4 while the temperature is increased to 80°C, the
liquid will vaporize.
E) The existence of liquid W at -40°C and 500 torr represents the metastable condition of
"supercooling."
Answer: B
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 12-4
226
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
38) According to the phase diagram given, which of the following is INCORRECT?
A) At the temperature and pressure of point 1, substance U exists as a three-phase equilibrium system.
B) At the temperature and pressure of point 2, substance U exists as a one-phase gaseous system.
C) At the temperature and pressure of point 3, substance U exists as a two-phase system.
D) If the U(s)⇔U(l) system is maintained at the temperature of point 4 while pressure is decreased
steadily to about 300 torr, more U will freeze.
E) There are no conditions of temperature and pressure under which solid U will vaporize without
melting first.
Answer: E
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 12-4
39) According to the phase diagram given, which of the following statements is INCORRECT?
41) Which of the following ionic compounds should have the highest melting point?
A) NaI
B) MgO
C) NaCl
D) LiBr
E) CaS
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 12-5
42) There are no types of crystalline solids that are held together by:
A) dipole-dipole interactions
B) ionic attractions
C) hydrogen bonds
D) covalent bonds
E) pi bonds only
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 12-5
43) Which of the substances below would produce the hardest, most brittle crystals?
A) SiC
B) Xe
C) Cu
D) KNO3
E) H2O
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 12-5
228
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
44) Which combination of "type of solid" and specific example is INCORRECT?
A) ionic/"table salt"
B) metallic/copper wire
C) molecular/"dry ice"
D) network covalent/iodine
E) network covalent/silicon carbide
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 12-5
45) A crystal and its melt readily conduct electricity. The crystal also has a luster and is easily deformed.
Thus, it is:
A) a covalent network crystal
B) an ionic crystal
C) a metallic crystal
D) a molecular crystal
E) a covalent crystal.
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 12-5
47) A compound of iron and sulfur crystallizes in a lattice pattern described as cubic closest packed
sulfide ions, with iron ions in all octahedral sites. What is its empirical formula?
A) FeS
B) FeS2
C) Fe3S4
D) Fe2S
E) Fe2S3
Answer: A
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 12-6
229
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
48) Three types of holes of the cubic closest packed structure are:
A) Trigonal, tetrahedral and octahedral
B) Tetrahedral, pyramidal and octahedral
C) Tetrahedral, bipyramidal and octahedral
D) Cubic,, tetrahedral, and octahedral
E) Tetragonal, tetrahedral and octahedral
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 12-6
230
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
52) Arrange the following compounds in order of increasing boiling point:
pentane (CH3CH2CH2CH2CH3), methyl butane (CH3CH(CH3)CH2CH3), neopentane
(CH3C(CH3)3).
A) pentane, methyl butane, neopentane
B) neopentane, methyl butane, pentane
C) neopentane, pentane, methyl butane
D) pentane, neopentane, methyl butane
E) methyl butane, pentane, neopentane
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 12-1
53) Arrange the following compounds in order of increasing boiling point: HCl, HBr, HI.
A) HCl, HBr, HI
B) HBr, HI, HCl
C) HI, HBr, HCl
D) HCl, HI, HBr
E) HI, HCl, HBr
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 12-1
55) What is the maximum number of glycerol molecules [HOCH2CH(OH)CH2OH] that could form
hydrogen bonds to a single molecule of the compound?
A) 1
B) 3
C) 5
D) 9
E) 14
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 12-1
231
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
56) The property that causes water to have a concave meniscus but mercury to have a convex meniscus
is ________.
A) heat of vaporization
B) sublimation
C) surface tension
D) vapor pressure
E) critical point
Answer: C
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 12-2
57) The property of a liquid that measures its resistance to flow is called ________.
A) capillarity
B) polarizability
C) resistivity
D) viscosity
E) wetability
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 12-2
59) The enthalpy of condensation is equal to, but opposite in sign from, the enthalpy of ________.
A) crystallization
B) formation
C) fusion
D) sublimation
E) vaporization
Answer: E
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 12-2
232
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
60) The enthalpy of vaporization at 298 K for diethylether (C4H10O) is 26.0 kJ/mol. How much heat
would be required to vaporize 1.00 L of the ether at 298 K if its density is 0.714 g/L?
A) 440 J
B) 250 J
C) 186 J
D) 130 J
E) 74.1 J
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 12-2
61) Flask A has a volume of 0.50 L and contains 50 g of a volatile liquid. Flask B has a volume of 1.0 L
and contains 25 g of the same liquid. Both flasks are stoppered and both are at 30°C. The ratio of the
vapor pressure of the liquid in Flask A to that in Flask B is:
A) 4:1
B) 2:1
C) 1:1
D) 1:2
E) 1:4
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 12-2
62) The temperature at which the vapor pressure of a liquid equals the external pressure is called the
________.
A) boiling point
B) critical point
C) melting point
D) sublimation point
E) thermal point
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 12-2
63) When the vapor pressure of a liquid equals atmospheric pressure, the temperature of the liquid
equals ________.
A) 100°C
B) the boiling point
C) the normal boiling point
D) the vaporization point
E) the sublimation point
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 12-2
233
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
64) How much heat would be released by the condensation of 5.40 g of steam at 100°C and the
subsequent cooling of the water to 25°C? [ΔHvap = 40.7 kJ/mol at 100°C; Cp for H2O(l) is
4.18 J g-1 °C-1]
A) 12.2 kJ
B) 12.8 kJ
C) 13.9 kJ
D) 18.3 kJ
E) 23.7 kJ
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 12-2
65) The normal boiling point of acetone is 56.2°C and the molar heat of vaporization is 32.0 kJ/mol.
At what temperature will acetone boil under a pressure of 50.0 mmHg?
A) 156 °C
B) 6.0 °C
C) -6.0 °C
D) 40.7 °C
E) 73.6 °C
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 12-2
66) A liquid has a molar heat of vaporization of 22.7 kJ/mol. Its normal boiling point is 459K.
What is the vapor pressure, in mmHg, at 70°C?
A) 102 mmHg
B) 7.48 mmHg
C) 56.8 mmHg
D) 742 mmHg
E) 580 mmHg
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 12-2
67) Given the data below, determine the molar enthalpy change of vaporization of COCl 2.
COCl2, P1 = 40 mmHg, t1 = -50.3°C, P2 = 100 mmHg, t2 = -35.6°C
A) 0.518 kJ/mol
B) 27.4 kJ/mol
C) 4.32 kJ/mol
D) 0.928 kJ/mol
E) 0.112 kJ/mol
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 12-2
234
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
68) Given the data below, determine the molar enthalpy change of vaporization of liquid Rb.
Rb, P1 = 1.00 mmHg, t1 = 297°C, P2 = 400 mmHg, t2 = 620°C
A) 5.49 kJ/mol
B) 28.4 kJ/mol
C) 78.5 kJ/mol
D) 12.8 kJ/mol
E) 4.62 kJ/mol
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 12-2
69) Given the data below, determine the normal boiling point of COCl 2.
P1 = 100 mmHg, t1 = -35.6°C, ΔHvap = 27.4 kJ/mol
A) 278°C
B) -65.1°C
C) -36.4°C
D) 5.0°C
E) -5.0°C
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 12-2
70) Given the data below, determine the normal boiling point of liquid Rb.
P1 = 400 mmHg, t1 = 620°C, ΔHvap = 78.5 kJ/mol
A) 374°C
B) 920°C
C) 647°C
D) 951°C
E) 678°C
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 12-2
71) The maximum temperature at which a gas can be liquefied is just below the ________.
A) boiling temperature
B) critical temperature
C) melting temperature
D) normal temperature
E) superheating temperature
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 12-2
235
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
72) Liquid and vapor phases of a substance become indistinguishable at the ________.
A) triple point
B) normal point
C) permanent point
D) critical point
E) absolute point
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 12-2
73) The relationship between the vapor pressure of a liquid and temperature can be expressed by the
Clausius-Clapeyron equation:
Log[P2/P1] = [ΔHvap/R] × [1/T1 - 1/T2]
Ethanol (C2H5OH) has a normal boiling point of 78.3°C and, with ΔHvap = 39.3 kJ/mol. What is the
vapor pressure of ethanol at 50.0°C?
A) 118 torr
B) 234 torr
C) 354 torr
D) 485 torr
E) 670 torr
Answer: B
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 12-2
236
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
75) Arrange the following compounds in order of increasing boiling point:
I) 1-propanol, CH3CH2CH2OH;
II) 1,2-propanediol, CH3CH(OH)CH2OH;
III) 1,2,3-propanetriol, (glycerol), HOCH2CH(OH)CH2OH.
A) II, III, I
B) I, II, III
C) III, I, II
D) III, II, I
E) I, III, II
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 12-2
76) A 0.90 g sample of liquid water was introduced into an evacuated 2.00 L flask, which was then
sealed and heated to 37°C. What percentage, by mass, of the water remained as liquid? [Vapor pressure
of water at 37°C = 48.2 torr.]
A) 10%
B) 18%
C) 82%
D) 90%
E) 0%
Answer: D
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 12-2
77) What would be the appropriate equilibrium temperature of a system obtained by adding 25.0 g of ice
at 0°C to 250.0 mL of "hot" (80°C) coffee, assuming that the heat capacity and density of the coffee are
the same as for pure water (4.18 J g-1 °C-1 and 0.997 g mL-1), and also assuming negligible heat
transfer with the surroundings? [For water, ΔHfusion = 6.02 kJ/mol.]
A) 33°C
B) 40°C
C) 65°C
D) 73°C
E) 79°C
Answer: C
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 12-2
78) The factor that has the largest effect on vapor pressure is ________.
A) liquid surface area
B) molecular dipole moment
C) presence of H bonding
D) liquid mole weight
E) volume available for vapor
Answer: C
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 12-2
237
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
79) The heat of deposition equals the negative of the heat of ________.
A) fusion
B) condensation
C) sublimation
D) solidification
E) reposition
Answer: C
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 12-3
80) A substance has a heat of fusion of 61.5 kJ/mol and a heat of deposition of -167.4 kJ/mol. What is
the heat of sublimation in kJ/mol?
A) -61.5 kJ/mol
B) 61.5 - 167.4 kJ/mol
C) 61.5 + 167.4 kJ/mol
D) 167.4 - 61.5 kJ/mol
E) 167.4 kJ/mol
Answer: E
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 12-3
81) If a substance has a heat of condensation of -1.46 kJ/g and a heat of sublimation of 4.60 kJ/g, what is
its heat of solidification in kJ/g?
A) 4.60 - 1.46 kJ/g
B) -(4.60 + 1.46) kJ/g
C) 1.46 - 4.60 kJ/g
D) 4.60 + 1.46 kJ/g
E) 0 kJ/g
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 12-3
82) If 34 g of a solid of mol mass = 174 g/mol requires 21.3 kJ to melt it, what is the molar heat of
fusion in kJ/mol?
A) (21.3)(174)(34) kJ/mol
B) (21.3/174)(34) kJ/mol
C) (21.3/174)/34 kJ/mol
D) (21.3)(174/34) kJ/mol
E) (34/21.3)(174) kJ/mol
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 12-3
238
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
83) Ethyl alcohol (CH3CH2OH) has a heat of fusion of 5.01 kJ/mol. How much heat in kJ is required to
melt 137g of ethyl alcohol?
A) 1.70 × 103 kJ
B) 129 kJ
C) 686 kJ
D) 5.01 kJ
E) 14.9 kJ
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 12-3
84) The heat of fusion for water is 6.01 kJ/mol and for ethyl alcohol is 5.01 kJ/mol. The amount of heat
that would melt 25.0 grams of water would melt how many grams of ethyl alcohol?
A) 76.7 g
B) 53.3 g
C) 11.7 g
D) 8.2 g
E) 30.0 g
Answer: A
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 12-3
85) The heat of fusion for napthalene (C10H8) is 18.98 kJ/mol and for sodium is 2.60 kJ/mol. The
amount of heat that would melt 37.0 grams of napthalene would melt how many grams of sodium?
A) 0.909 g
B) 1510 g
C) 28.3 g
D) 48.4 g
E) 270. g
Answer: D
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 12-3
86) The process in which a gas is transformed into a solid is called ________.
A) vaporization
B) condensation
C) solidification
D) deposition
E) fusion
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 12-4
239
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
87) The triple point of H2O is at 4.58 mmHg and +0.01°C. Some H2O at -50°C is heated to 120°C at a
constant pressure of 0.5 atm. The changes of state occurring in this process are:
A) solid to gas
B) solid to liquid to gas
C) liquid to gas
D) solid to liquid
E) gas to liquid to solid
Answer: B
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 12-4
88) List the following ionic compounds in order of increasing solubility in water:
RbI, CaO, KCl
A) RbI, CaO, KCl
B) KCl, CaO, RbI
C) KCl, RbI, CaO
D) CaO, KCl, RbI
E) RbI, KCl, CaO
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 12-5
89) Which of the following compounds has the largest lattice energy?
MgCO3, Na2CO3, Al2(CO3)2
A) Na2CO3
B) MgCO3
C) Al2(CO3)2
D) They all have the same lattice energy.
E) Not enough information is available to determine which is largest.
Answer: A
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 12-7
90) All sides are equal in length and all angles are right angles. There is an atom at each corner and one
in the absolute center. This is a ________.
A) face-centered cubic cell
B) simple cubic cell
C) unit cell
D) body-centered cubic cell
E) hexagonal unit cell
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 12-6
240
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
91) All sides are equal in length and all angles are right angles. There is an atom at each corner and one
at the center of each side. This is a ________.
A) body-centered cubic cell
B) simple cubic cell
C) unit cell
D) face-centered cubic cell
E) hexagonal unit cell
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 12-6
93) A crystal does not conduct electricity, yet its melt and aqueous solutions do. It is hard and brittle and
melts at a high temperature. What type of crystal is it?
A) a molecular crystal
B) a covalent network crystal
C) a metallic crystal
D) an ionic crystal
E) an intermetallic crystal
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 12-5
94) A crystal does not conduct electricity, even after melting. It is hard and brittle and melts at a very
high temperature. What type of crystal is it?
A) an ionic crystal
B) an intermetallic (alloy) crystal
C) a covalent network crystal
D) a metallic crystal
E) a molecular crystal
Answer: C
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 12-5
241
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
95) Given the following information, calculate ΔH°(in kcal mol-1) for: Cl(g) + e- → Cl-(g)
A) + 83 kcal mol-1
B) -83 kcal mol-1
C) 161 kcal mol-1
D) -112 kcal mol-1
E) 190 kcal mol-1
Answer: B
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 12-7
96) Given the following information, calculate ΔH°(in kcal mol-1) for: LiCl(s) → Cl-(g) + Li+(g)
242
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
97) Given the following information, calculate ΔH°(in kcal mol-1) for: NaI(s) → Na+(g) + I-(g)
98) Given the following information, calculate ΔH°(in kcal mol-1) for: I(g) + e- → I-(g)
243
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
99) Given the following information, calculate ΔH°(in kcal mol-1) for: I(g) + e- → I-(g)
100) Given the following information, calculate ΔH°(in kcal mol-1) for: CaI2(s) → Ca+2(g) +2 I-(g)
244
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
101) Given the tabulated data, what is the lattice energy of crystalline calcium chloride?
A) -1996 kJ/mol
B) -2101 kJ/mol
C) -2255 kJ/mol
D) -2345 kJ/mol
E) -2450 kJ/mol
Answer: C
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 12-7
102) Given the tabulated data, what is the electron affinity for chlorine?
A) -508 kJ/mol
B) -288 kJ/mol
C) -698 kJ/mol
D) -349 kJ/mol
E) -983 kJ/mol
Answer: D
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 12-7
245
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
Solutions Equilibria
3) For the formation of an ideal solution from two liquid hydrocarbons, ΔHsoln < 0.
Answer: FALSE
Diff: 2 Type: TF
Reference: Section 13-3
4) The stronger the forces between solute and solvent molecules, the more exothermic the solution
process.
Answer: TRUE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 13-3
5) An unsaturated solution will have some solid undissolved in the bottom of the container.
Answer: FALSE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 13-4
7) Most volatile liquids can be separated from each other by fractional distillation.
Answer: TRUE
Diff: 3 Type: TF
Reference: Section 13-6
9) Adding a solute to a solvent lowers the freezing point of the solution compared to the pure solvent.
Answer: TRUE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 13-8
246
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
10) The van't Hoff factor is due to ions being attracted to each other enough that they don't react as
individual molecules.
Answer: FALSE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 13-9
13) A solution prepared by dissolving 4.00 g KCl in 36.0 g H2O is said to be:
A) 11.1% KCl by mass
B) 0.100% KCl by mass
C) 0.111% KCl by mass
D) 10.0% KCl by mass
E) 9.00% KCl by mass
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 13-2
247
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
15) An aqueous solution containing 1.0 g ephedrine in 20.0 mL solution is said to be:
A) 5.0% ephedrine (mass/vol)
B) 1.0% ephedrine (mass/vol)
C) 0.50% ephedrine (mass/vol)
D) 0.050% ephedrine (mass/vol)
E) 20.0% ephedrine (mass/vol)
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 13-2
17) A magnesium sulfate heptahydrate solution, which is 18.00% by weight in the anhydrous
compound, has a density at 20°C of 1.20 g/mL. What is the molality of the anhydrous compound in the
solution? (Atomic weights: H = 1.0, O = 16.0, S = 32.1, Mg = 24.3)
A) 5.54 M
B) 1.79 M
C) 1.82 M
D) 1.25 M
E) 1.49 M
Answer: C
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 13-2
18) Liquid Q is a polar solvent and liquid R is a nonpolar solvent. On the basis of this information, you
would expect:
A) both liquids to be miscible with a third liquid T
B) liquid Q to be miscible with liquid R
C) NaCl to be soluble to both Q and R
D) liquid Q and H2O to be miscible
E) liquid R and H2O to be miscible
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 13-3
248
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
19) Which of the following pairs are more likely to form a solution?
A) chloroform (CHCl3) and acetone (CH3COCH3)
B) water and octane (C8H18)
C) methanol (CH3OH) and hexane (C6H14)
D) water and octyl alcohol (C8H17OH)
E) acetone (CH3COCH3) and octane (C8H13)
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 13-3
22) Which of the following pairs of liquids would form a nonideal solution?
A) CHCl3 and (CH3)2CO
B) C6H5-CH3 (toluene) and C6H6 (benzene)
C) CH3CH2CH2OH and CH3CH(OH)CH3
D) H5C6-C6H5 (diphenyl) and C6H6 (benzene)
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 13-3
249
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
23) A solution is called "ideal" when:
A) all intermolecular forces of attraction are the same, resulting in no net enthalpy change when the
solution is formed from its components.
B) the forces of attraction between solute molecules exceed those between solute and solvent molecules.
C) the forces of attraction between solute and solvent molecules are somewhat smaller than between
solute-solute molecules or solvent-solvent molecules.
D) the forces of attraction between solvent molecules exceed those between solute and solvent
molecules.
E) the forces of attraction between solute molecules and solvent molecules are much smaller than
between solute-solute molecules or solvent-solvent molecules.
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 13-3
25) Which of the following organic substances is most readily soluble in water?
A) benzene
B) pyridine
C) octane
D) carbon tetrachloride
E) toluene
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 13-3
250
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
26) Which of the following statements about ideal solutions is(are) true?
I) Entropy effects are important for the formation of ideal solutions.
II) The heat of solution is zero.
III) The vapor pressure varies linearly with the composition.
IV) The forces between like kinds of molecules are (almost) equal to the forces between unlike kinds
of molecules.
A) I), II), IV)
B) I), III), IV)
C) II), III), IV)
D) I), II), III)
E) I), II), III), IV)
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 13-3
28) A crystal is placed into a solution and the solution seems to solidify while getting much warmer at
the same time. The solution must have been:
A) supersaturated
B) dilute
C) saturated
D) unsaturated
E) concentrated
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 13-4
251
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
29) The solubilities of ammonium bromide, NH4Br, in water at 0°C, 20°C, and 80°C are as follows:
T (°C) Sol. g NH4Br/100 g H2O
0 60.5
20 76.4
80 125
Which of the following fractional crystallization schemes would produce the highest percent yield for
the recrystallization of ammonium bromide?
A) A solution containing 50.5 g NH4Br in 100.0 g H2O at 20°C is cooled to 0°C.
B) A solution containing 115 g NH4Br in 200 g H2O at 80°C is cooled to 0°C.
C) A solution containing 120 g NH4Br in 100 g H2O at 80°C is cooled to 20°C.
D) A solution containing 100 g NH4Br in 100.0 g H2O at 80°C is cooled to 20°C.
E) A solution containing 95 g NH4Br in 175 g H2O at 80°C is cooled to 0°C.
Answer: C
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 13-4
31) Henry's Law constants for aqueous solutions at 25°C are 8.20 × 10 -7 molal/mmHg for N2 and
1.62 × 10-6 molal/mmHg for O2. Determine the solubility of nitrogen in water under an atmospheric
pressure of 760 mmHg, assuming that air is 80% N2 and 20% O2.
A) 6.23 × 10-4 m
B) 7.79 × 10-4 m
C) 4.99 × 10-4 m
D) 1.25 × 10-4 m
E) 6.16 × 10-3 m
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 13-5
252
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
32) Henry's Law constants for aqueous solutions at 25°C are 8.20 × 10-7 molal/mmHg for N2 and
1.62 × 10-6 molal/mmHg for O2. Determine the solubility of oxygen in water under an atmospheric
pressure of 760 mmHg, assuming that air is 80% N2 and 20% O2.
A) 6.2 × 10-3 m
B) 2.5 × 10-4 m
C) 1.3 × 10-4 m
D) 5.0 × 10-4 m
E) 1.2 × 10-3 m
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 13-5
33) Nitrogen gas has a Henry's law constant k = 6.3 × 10-4 M/atm at 25°C. The "bends" in divers results
from bubbles of N2(g) being rapidly released from body fluids when a diver ascends to the surface too
quickly. Which of the following would be a good substitute for N2(g) in order to make the "bends" less
severe?
A) He(g), k = 3.7 × 10-4 M/atm
B) Ar(g), k = 1.5 × 10-3 M/atm
C) H2(g), k = 8.1 × 10-4 M/atm
D) CO2(g), k = 3.4 × 10-2 M/atm
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 13-5
34) The solubility of CO in water at 0°C and 1 atm CO pressure is 0.0354 mg of CO in 1 mL of water.
Calculate the molarity of aqueous CO solution at the normal partial pressure of CO of 0.00036 atm?
A) 4.5 × 10-7 M
B) 1.6 × 10-3 M
C) 1.3 × 10-5 M
D) 2.9 × 10-4 M
E) 3.2 × 10-3 M
Answer: A
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 13-5
35) The solubility of CO in water at 0°C and 1 atm CO pressure is 0.0354 mg of CO in 1 mL of water.
Calculate the molarity of aqueous CO solution at 2 atm CO pressure.
A) 1.58 × 10-3 M
B) 6.32 × 10-2 M
C) 1.59 M
D) 2.53 × 10-3 M
E) 3.16 × 10-3 M
Answer: D
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 13-5
253
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
36) Which of the following is a correct statement about azeotropes?
A) The components boil at distinct temperatures.
B) The mixture cannot be separated by fractional distillation.
C) The solution behaves as an ideal solution.
D) The vapor has a different composition than the liquid.
E) The solution has the same pressure as the pure solvent.
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 13-6
38) A solution composed of 5 moles of acetone (CH3COCH3, P°A = 324 mmHg) and 5 moles of
chloroform (CHCl3, P°C = 274 mmHg) has a vapor pressure of 236 mmHg. Which one of the following
statements is completely true about this solution?
A) The solution shows a negative deviation from Raoult's law and thus possesses a maximum boiling
azeotrope.
B) The solution process is exothermic because the forces between unlike molecules are weaker than
those between like molecules.
C) The solution shows a positive deviation from Raoult's law.
D) The solution possesses a minimum boiling azeotrope because it shows a negative deviation from
Raoult's law.
E) The solution obeys Raoult's Law.
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 13-6
39) The vapor pressures of pure propyl alcohol and isopropyl alcohol are 21.0 mmHg and 45.2 mmHg,
respectively, at 25°C. What is the composition of the vapor in equilibrium with a propyl alcohol -
isopropyl alcohol solution in which the mole fraction of propyl alcohol is 0.250?
A) xiso = 0.866, xprop = 0.134
B) xiso = 0.750, xprop = 0.250
C) xiso = 0.317, xprop = 0.683
D) xiso = 0.512, xprop = 0.488
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 13-6
254
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
40) What is the osmotic pressure in mmHg of 6.00 L of a 0.108 M solution at 30°C if three moles of
ions are produced in aqueous solution for every mole of solute dissolved?
A) 8.05 mmHg
B) 3.68 × 104 mmHg
C) 2.04 × 103 mmHg
D) 0.0613 mmHg
E) 6.13 × 103 mmHg
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 13-7
41) Arrange the following three water solutions (all 250 cm 3 in volume) according to decreasing
osmotic pressure at 273 K: 5 g of C2H5OH, 5 g C6H12O6 ,and 5 g C12H22O11.
A) C2H5OH > C6H12O6 > C12H22O11
B) C2H5OH > C6H12O6 = C12H22O11
C) C6H12O6 > C2H5OH > C12H22O11
D) C12H22O11 > C6H12O6 > C2H5OH
E) C12H22O11 > C2H5OH> C6H12O6
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 13-7
255
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
44) A solution containing 3.24 g of sulfur in 40 g of benzene boils 0.81°C above the boiling point of
pure benzene. Determine the number of S atoms in one molecule of dissolved sulfur. Kb for benzene is
2.53°C m-1.
A) 10
B) 12
C) 6
D) 8
E) 4
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 13-8
45) Solutions are made that contain 0.10 moles of each of the following compounds in 100 g of H2O.
Choose the compound whose solution will have the highest freezing point.
A) K2SO4
B) NaI
C) Mg(CH3CO2)2
D) Ca3(PO4)2
E) Sr(NO3)2
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 13-9
46) Solutions are made that contain 0.1 moles of each of the following compounds below in 100 g of
H2O. Choose the compound whose solution will have the lowest freezing point.
A) MgCl2
B) KClO3
C) CO2
D) MgSO4
E) NaBr
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 13-9
47) Which of the following aqueous solutions has the lowest freezing point?
A) 1.5 m aluminum perchlorate.
B) 1.0 m magnesium phosphate
C) 1.5 m calcium nitrate
D) 2.0 m potassium chloride
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 13-9
256
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
48) Which of the following aqueous solutions has the highest boiling point?
A) 1.0 m magnesium phosphate
B) 1.5 m sodium sulfate
C) 2.0 m lithium perchlorate
D) 1.5 m magnesium sulfate
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 13-9
49) We wish to lower the freezing point of the water in an automobile radiator to -40°C. The total mass
of water present is 12.0 kg. For which one of the following compounds would we have to use the
greatest mass of solute to achieve this? You may assume that Kf for water = -1.86°C/m and that all
ionizable solutes are completely ionized with unit activity even at this high concentration.
A) AlF3 (M.W. = 84 g/mol)
B) C2H5OH (M.W. = 46 g/mol)
C) CaCl2 (M.W. = 111 g/mol)
D) C3H6(OH)2 (M.W. = 76 g/mol)
E) NaCl (M.W. = 58.5 g/mol)
Answer: D
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 13-9
50) Which of the following is a true solution with particles less than 1 nm in size?
A) calcium chloride in water.
B) oil in water.
C) whipped cream.
D) milk.
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 13-10
51) Which of the following combination of dispersed phase in a dispersion medium with the colloid type
is INCORRECT?
A) Solid in liquid is a sol.
B) Solid in solid is a solid sol.
C) Solid in gas is an aerosol.
D) Liquid in solid is a solid foam.
E) Liquid in gas is an aerosol.
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 13-10
257
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
52) Choose the correct statement.
A) Colloids are homogeneous solutions.
B) A true colloidal particle will not settle out of the dispersing membrane.
C) Colloidal particles can usually pass through a semipermeable membrane.
D) Electrolytes are protective colloids.
E) Dispersion is the method of preparing colloids from ions or molecules.
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 13-10
56) A solution component present in lesser quantity than the solvent is called ________.
A) a diluent
B) an alloy
C) a heterogeneous solid
D) a solute
E) a mixture
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 13-1
258
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
57) Moles of solute per mole of solution is a definition of ________.
A) molarity
B) mole fraction
C) percent by weight
D) molality
E) normality
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 13-2
58) An aqueous solution contains 64.0 g of ethanol (C2H5OH) in 122.0 g of solution. What is the mole
fraction of ethanol in the solution?
A) 0.301
B) 0.432
C) 0.205
D) 0.698
E) 0.317
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 13-2
60) 85.0 grams of potassium bromide are to be used to produce a 0.300 M solution. What will be the
total volume of this solution?
A) 2.38 L
B) 2.83 L
C) 283 L
D) 0.214 L
E) 0.420 L
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 13-2
259
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
61) Commercial nitric acid is 16.0 M HNO3(aq) and has a density of 1.42 g/mL. What is the mole
fraction of HNO3 in this solution?
A) 0.412
B) 0.699
C) 0.589
D) 0.704
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 13-2
62) Commercial perchloric acid is 70.0% by mass, HClO4(aq), and has a density of 1.67 g/mL.
Calculate the mole fraction of perchloric acid in the solution.
A) 0.295
B) 0.420
C) 0.705
D) 0.697
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 13-2
63) Commercial perchloric acid is 70.0% by mass, HClO4(aq), and has a density of 1.67 g/mL.
Calculate the molarity of perchloric acid in the solution.
A) 11.5 M
B) 1.17 M
C) 23.7 M
D) 16.5 M
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 13-2
64) 252 mL of 3.00 M H2SO4 are added to 1.50 L of 0.500 M H2SO4. What is the concentration of the
resulting solution?
A) 1.50 M
B) 0.860 M
C) 2.64 M
D) 1.75 M
E) 1.25 M
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 13-2
260
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
65) What is the mass/vol % ethanol in an ethanol-water solution with a density of 0.875 g/mL and
containing 65.0% ethanol by volume? The density of pure ethanol is 0.789 g/mL.
A) 90.2% ethanol (mass/vol)
B) 56.9% ethanol (mass/vol)
C) 51.3% ethanol (mass/vol)
D) 58.6% ethanol (mass/vol)
E) 74.5% ethanol (mass/vol)
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 13-2
66) An aqueous solution containing 12.0% MgCl2 by mass has a density of 1.105 g/mL. What is the mol
fraction of water in this solution?
A) 0.975
B) 0.880
C) 0.868
D) 0.133
E) 0.952
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 13-2
67) 138.0 grams of ethanol (46.0 g/mol), 99.0 grams of water (18.0 g/mol), and 80.0 grams of methanol
(32.0 g/mol) comprise a solution. What is the mole fraction of methanol present in the solution?
A) 0.273
B) 0.338
C) 0.294
D) 0.252
E) 0.227
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 13-2
68) A magnesium sulfate heptahydrate solution, which is 18.00% by weight in the anhydrous
compound, has a density at 20°C of 1.20 g/mL. What is the molarity of the anhydrous compound in the
solution? (Atomic weights: H = 1.0, O = 16.0, S = 32.1, Mg = 24.3)
A) 5.54 M
B) 1.79 M
C) 1.82 M
D) 1.25 M
E) 1.49 M
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 13-2
261
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
69) 100 mL of LiNO3, 0.241 M is mixed with 240 mL of 0.618 M Ca(NO3)2. What is the final
concentration of NO3- in the solution?
A) 0.508 M
B) 1.01 M
C) 0.943 M
D) 0.756 M
E) 1.38 M
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 13-2
70) A 1.38 M solution of nitric acid (63. g/mol) in water (18.0 g/mol) has a density of 1.04 g/mL. What
is the mole fraction of nitric acid in the solution?
A) 0.0254
B) 0.0239
C) 0.0261
D) 0.0228
E) 0.0233
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 13-2
71) What is the molarity of a saturated solution of potassium sulfate if the solubility is 13 g per 100 g
H2O at 25°C? The density of the solution is 1.1 g/mL
A) 0.14 M
B) 1.1 M
C) 0.96 M
D) 0.73 M
E) 0.79 M
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 13-4
72) The solubility of ammonium permanganate is 7.90 g/100 mL of water. 29.0 grams of ammonium
permanganate are placed in a container and 220 mL of water is added. The liquid is allowed to stand in
contact with the solid until equilibrium is achieved and then the liquid is poured off. What is the weight
of solid left?
A) 17.4 g
B) 79.0 g
C) 7.90 g
D) 11.6 g
E) 29.0 g
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 13-4
262
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
73) A saturated solution of ammonium sulfate, (NH4)2SO4, in water at 30°C contains 78.0 g
(NH4)2SO4 per 100.0 g H2O. What is the molality of this solution?
A) 0.780 m
B) 1.69 m
C) 0.590 m
D) 0.0590 m
E) 5.90 m
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 13-4
74) The vapor pressures of pure propyl alcohol and isopropyl alcohol are 21.0 mmHg and 45.2 mmHg,
respectively, at 25°C. Calculate the partial pressure of isopropyl alcohol above a solution in which the
mole fraction of propyl alcohol is 0.250.
A) 33.9 mmHg
B) 11.3 mmHg
C) 5.25 mmHg
D) 15.8 mmHg
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 13-6
76) If a solution containing 4 mols of A and 6 mols of B boils at 85°C and 1 atm of pressure, and the
vapor pressure of pure A at 85°C is 500 mmHg, what is the vapor pressure of pure B at this
temperature?
A) 933 mmHg
B) 336 mmHg
C) 260 mmHg
D) 576 mmHg
E) 960 mmHg
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 13-6
263
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
77) Given that the vapor pressure of pure n-hexane and pure n-heptane at 25°C are 151.4 mmHg and
45.62 mmHg respectively, calculate the total vapor pressure above a solution containing only n-hexane
and n-heptane in which the mole fraction of n-hexane is 0.600.
A) 87.9 mmHg
B) 197 mmHg
C) 106 mmHg
D) 109 mmHg
E) 170 mmHg
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 13-6
78) The vapor pressures of pure hexane and pure heptane at 25°C are 151.4 mmHg and 45.62 mmHg
respectively. A solution contains 0.800 mol fraction n-hexane and 0.200 mol fraction n-heptane. What is
the composition of the vapor in equilibrium with this solution at 25°C?
A) 80.0% hexane, 20.0% heptane
B) 50.0% hexane, 50.0% heptane
C) 77.0% hexane, 23.0% heptane
D) 45.0% hexane, 55.0% heptane
E) 93.0% hexane, 7.0% heptane
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 13-6
79) A mixture of benzene and toluene has a total vapor pressure at 25°C of 45.06 mmHg. What is the
partial pressure of benzene in this solution? The vapor pressure of pure benzene and pure toluene at
25°C are 95.03 mmHg and 28.40 mmHg respectively.
A) 0.7500 mmHg
B) 23.76 mmHg
C) 0.3217 mmHg
D) 21.30 mmHg
E) 16.66 mmHg
Answer: B
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 13-6
80) What is the correct value for the weight of Na 3PO4 needed to make 100 mL of a 0.50 molar
solution?
A) 16.4 g
B) 8.2 g
C) 0.05 g
D) 82 g
E) 4.1 g
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 13-7
264
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
81) Determine the osmotic pressure at 25 °C of an aqueous solution that is 0.028 M NaNO 3.
A) 1.37 atm
B) 0.685 atm
C) 0.0729 atm
D) 0.0364 atm
E) 2.06 atm
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 13-7
82) A solution of nonvolatile solute has an osmotic pressure of 141 mmHg at 25°C. What is the molarity
of the solution?
A) 0.00759 M
B) 5.76 M
C) 0.0904 M
D) 0.0339 M
E) 0.174 M
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 13-7
83) An isotonic solution will produce an osmotic pressure of 7.84 atm measured against pure water at
human body temperature (37.0°C). How many grams of sodium chloride must be dissolved in a liter of
water to produce an isotonic solution?
A) 75.5 g
B) 151 g
C) 2.58 g
D) 9.00 g
E) 18.0 g
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 13-7
84) A membrane permeable to water but not to glucose (C6H12O6) separates two aqueous solutions.
Solution A is 0.156 M glucose and solution B contains pure water. There will be a net flow of water
molecules across the membrane from solution B to solution A until equilibrium is established across the
membrane. What pressure would have to be applied to solution A to prevent osmosis flow across the
membrane at 25°C?
A) 1.00 atm
B) 3.82 atm
C) 0.320 atm
D) 1.91 atm
E) 0.382 atm
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 13-7
265
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
85) What is the osmotic pressure in mmHg of 2.00 L of a 1.34 × 10-3 M solution at 25°C if four moles
of ions are produced in aqueous solution for every mole of solute dissolved?
A) 62.3 mmHg
B) 1.99 × 103 mmHg
C) 99.6 mmHg
D) 1.31 mmHg
E) 9.96 × 103 mmHg
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 13-7
86) Exactly 375.0 mg of an unknown protein is dissolved in enough water to give 50.00 mL of solution
and the osmotic pressure determined as 3.25 mmHg at 298 K. Estimate the molar mass of this protein.
A) 42,900 g/mol
B) 3,600 g/mol
C) 56,400 g/mol
D) 139,000 g/mol
Answer: A
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 13-7
87) The concentration unit used in determining freezing point depression and boiling point elevation is
________.
A) molality
B) mole fraction
C) normality
D) molarity
E) weight fraction
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 13-8
88) The concentration unit used to calculate boiling point elevation is ________.
A) molarity
B) solubility
C) molality
D) mole fraction
E) weight fraction
Answer: C
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 13-8
266
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
89) The freezing point of pure benzene was measured as 5.49°C. With the same benzene and the same
equipment, the freezing point of a solution containing 6.60 g of an unknown molecular compound in 140
g of benzene was found to be 2.35°C. The cryoscopic constant, Kf, for benzene is 5.12 deg-kg/mol.
Calculate the mole weight of the unknown.
A) 103 g/mol
B) 76.9 g/mol
C) 44.0 g/mol
D) 28.9 g/mol
E) 17.4 g/mol
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 13-8
90) 0.25 mol of a nonvolatile, nonionic solute dissolved in 300 g of water (Kf = 1.86) will lower the
freezing point how many degrees?
A) 0.65 °C
B) 2.2 °C
C) 0.14 °C
D) 1.6 °C
E) 3.2 °C
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 13-8
91) How many moles of ethylene glycol must be dissolved in 500 g of water (Kf = 1.86) to lower the
freezing point to -5.00°C?
A) 18.6 mol
B) 2.69 mol
C) 0.268 mol
D) 3.73 mol
E) 1.34 mol
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 13-8
92) Predict the freezing point of a solution prepared by dissolving 8.9 g MgCl 2 in 98 g H2O. Kf for
water is 1.86°C m-1.
A) 3.5 °C
B) -3.5 °C
C) 5.3 °C
D) -5.3 °C
E) -0.51 °C
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 13-8
267
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
93) The freezing point of pure benzene was measured as 5.49°C. With the same benzene and same
equipment, the freezing point of a solution containing 6.582 g of an unknown molecular compound (sold
in the store as "moth crystals") in 100.203 grams of benzene was found to be 3.48°C. The cryoscopic
constant, Kf, for benzene is 5.12 deg-kg/mole. Calculate the mole weight of the unknown.
A) 37.5 g/mol
B) 16.7 g/mol
C) 96.6 g/mol
D) 70.4 g/mol
E) 167 g/mol
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 13-8
94) What mass in grams of a molecular substance (molar mass = 50.0 g/mol) must be added to 500 g of
water to produce a solution that boils at 101.56°C? [Kb(water) = 0.512°C m-1]
A) 76.2 g
B) 150.0 g
C) 100.0 g
D) 30.0 g
E) 152.4 g
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 13-8
95) 0.0800 g of a compound with the empirical formula C2H2N is dissolved in 10.00 g benzene. The
resulting solution freezes at 4.99°C. Benzene freezes at 5.48°C and has a freezing point depression
constant of Kf = 4.90°C/m. What is the molecular formula of the compound?
A) C3H2N
B) C3H3N
C) C4H4N2
D) C6H6N3
E) C8H8N4
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 13-8
96) An unknown compound is composed of 65.44% C, 29.07% O, and 5.49% H. A sample weighing
5.34 g, when dissolved in 60.00 g H2O, lowers the freezing point to -0.600°C. What is the molecular
formula of the compound? (Kf for water = 1.86°C/m; C = 12.0, O = 16.0, H = 1.0 g/mol).
A) C3H3O
B) CHO
C) C14H11O6
D) C5H5O5
E) C7H5O3
Answer: C
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 13-8
268
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
97) A saline solution begins to freeze at -1.13°C. Express the concentration of NaCl in this solution in
mass %. Kf for water is 1.86°C m-1.
A) 3.48%
B) 1.74%
C) 0.870%
D) 17.8%
E) 8.90%
Answer: B
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 13-8
98) Two solutions contain the same amount of water as a solvent. One solution contains 0.5 mol glucose
(C6H12O6) while the other one contains 0.2 mol of CaCl2 . If the freezing points of both solutions are
the same, determine the van't Hoff i factor for CaCl2 solution.
A) 2.50
B) 3
C) 1.50
D) 2.75
E) 0.75
Answer: A
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 13-9
99) 3.2 grams of a compound with a mole weight of 96 g/mol dissolved in 50 grams of water gave a
solution that freezes at -1.50°C. Kf for water is 1.86°C/molal. The van't Hoff i factor for this solution is
________.
A) 0.83
B) 1.2
C) 0.21
D) 0.17
E) 2.0
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 13-9
100) The freezing point of a solution made by dissolving 8.9 g of MgCl2 in 98 g H2O is -4.3°C. Kf for
water is 1.86°C m-1. The van't Hoff i factor for this solution is ________.
A) 1.2
B) 2.3
C) 2.4
D) 2.0
E) 3.0
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 13-9
269
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
Chemical Equilibria
3) Equilibrium reactions are noted by a single straight arrow for a yield sign.
Answer: FALSE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 15-2
4) The value of the equilibrium constant for a given reaction depends on the initial concentrations of
reactants.
Answer: FALSE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 15-2
5) The concentration of a pure solid is left out of a equilibrium constant expression but a pure liquid is
included.
Answer: FALSE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 15-3
6) Large value for equilibrium constant K means the reaction will be less complete at the equilibrium
point.
Answer: FALSE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 15-4
7) Both products and reactants will be present in an equilibrium reaction unless K is very small or very
large.
Answer: TRUE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 15-4
270
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
9) Changes in temperature cause change in the equilibrium position.
Answer: TRUE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 15-6
10) One method to aid in working equilibrium problems is the ICE table.
Answer: TRUE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 15-7
12) What is the value for Kc if [CO] = 0.025, [H2] = 0.013 and [CH3OH] = 0.0028 for the following
reaction?
CH3OH(g) ⇌ CO(g) + 2 H2(g)
A) 1.5 × 10-3
B) 0.12
C) 6.6 × 102
D) 8.6
E) 9.1 × 10-7
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 15-2
13) What is the value for Kc for the reaction below if the equilibrium concentrations are [N2] = 0.025,
[H2] = 0.0013 and [NH3] = 0.028 for the following reaction?
N2(g) + 3 H2(g) ⇌ 2 NH3(g)
A) 8.6 × 102
B) 1.4 × 107
C) 1.2 × 10-3
D) 7.1 × 10-8
E) 7.4 × 105
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 15-2
271
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
14) For the reaction: H2(g) + I2(g) ⇌ 2 HI(g), Kc = 92.0
When equilibrium concentrations of HI and I2 are [HI] = 0.115 M and [I2] = 0.250 M, the equilibrium
concentration of [H2] is:
A) 5.00 × 10-3 M
B) 5.75 × 10-4 M
C) 1.74 × 103 M
D) 0.135 M
E) 9.56 M
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 15-2
15) Given that the equilibrium concentrations of [N2] = 0.035 M, [C2H2] = 0.057 M, and
[HCN] = 6.8 × 10-4 M, find the value of the equilibrium constant expression for the reaction:
N2(g) + C2H2(g) ⇌ 2 HCN
A) 3.4 × 10-1
B) 2.9
C) 4300
D) 2.3 × 10-4
E) 6.8 × 10-1
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 15-2
17) Which of the following substances present in the chemical reaction would be excluded from the
equilibrium constant expression?
A) Na+ (aq)
B) H2O(g)
C) Cl-
D) H2O(l) (reactant and solvent)
E) CO(g)
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 15-3
272
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
18) Given the following:
I) N2O(g) + 1/2 O2(g) ⇌ 2NO(g) Kc = 1.7 × 10-13
II) N2(g) + O2(g) ⇌ 2NO(g) Kc = 4.1 × 10-31
Find the value of the equilibrium constant for the following equilibrium reaction:
N2(g) + 1/2 O2(g) ⇌ N2O(g)
A) 7.0 × 10-44
B) 4.2 × 1017
C) 2.4 × 10-18
D) 1.6 × 10-9
E) 2.6 × 10-22
Answer: C
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 15-3
19) For the following chemical equilibrium, Kp = 4.6 × 10-14 at 25°C, find the value of Kc for this
reaction at 25°C.
2 Cl2(g) + 2 H2O(g) ⇌ 4 HCl(g) + O2(g)
A) Kc = 1.9 × 10-15
B) Kc = 2.2 × 10-14
C) Kc = 1.1 × 10-12
D) Kc = 9.4 × 10-14
E) Kc = 4.6 × 10-14
Answer: A
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 15-3
273
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
21) For the reaction PCl5 (g) ⇌ PCl3 (g) + Cl2 (g) Kc = 0.0454 at 261°C. If a vessel is filled with these
gases such that the initial concentrations are [PCl 5] = 0.2 M, [PCl3] = 0.20 M, and [Cl2] = 2.25 M, in
which direction will a reaction occur and why?
A) toward products because Q = 0.56
B) toward reactants because Q = 1.8
C) toward products because Q = 2.8
D) toward reactants because Q = 0.0454
E) it is at equilibrium because Q = 1
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 15-5
22) For the reaction 2 SO2 (g) + O2 (g) ⇌ 2 SO3 (g), Kc = 2.8 × 102 at 1000 K. If a vessel is filled with
these gases such that the initial concentrations are [SO2] = 0.025, [O2] = 0.035, and [SO3] = 0.046, in
which direction will a reaction occur and why?
A) toward products because Q = 53
B) toward reactants because Q = 0.019
C) toward products because Q = 96
D) toward reactants because Q = 2.8 × 103
E) it is at equilibrium because Q = 1
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 15-5
23) For the reaction CO(g) + 3 H2(g) ⇌ H2O(g) + CH4(g) , Kc = 190 at 1000 K. If a vessel is filled with
these gases such that the initial concentrations are [CO] = 0.025, [H2] = 0.045, [H2O] = 0.025, and
[CH4] = 0.046M, in which direction will a reaction occur and why?
A) toward products because Q = 0.17
B) toward reactants because Q = 0.0029
C) toward products because Q = 0.35
D) toward reactants because Q = 504
E) it is at equilibrium because Q = 1
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 15-5
24) For the reaction CO(g) + 3 H2(g) ⇌ H2O(g) + CH4(g), Kc = 190 at 1000 K. If a vessel is filled with
these gases such that the initial concentrations are [CO] = 0.036 M, [H2] = 0.045, [H2O] = 0.020, and
[CH4] = 0.031, in which direction will a reaction occur and why?
A) toward products because Q = 0.38
B) toward reactants because Q = 0.24
C) toward products because Q = 4.1
D) toward reactants because Q = 61
E) it is at equilibrium because Q = 1
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 15-5
274
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
25) Consider the following reaction.
C(s) + H2O(g) ⇌ CO(g) + H2(g)
At equilibrium at a certain temperature, [H2O(g)] = 0.12 M, and [CO(g)] = [H2(g)] = 1.2 M. If suddenly
these concentrations are increased by 0.50 M, which of the following is true?
A) more products are formed
B) Kc = 4.66
C) more H2O(g) will be formed
D) Since Kc does not change, nothing happens.
Answer: A
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 15-5
26) Which factor influences the value of the equilibrium constant for a reversible reaction?
A) addition of a catalyst
B) raising the temperature
C) removing product
D) removing reactant
E) increase in mixing rate
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 15-6
27) For the reaction: CH4(g) + 2 H2O(g) ⇌ CO2(g) + 4 H2(g) ΔH° = +190 kJ when catalyst is added:
A) the reaction reacts to the right
B) the reaction reacts to the left
C) the ΔH° increases
D) the temperature increases
E) there is no change, catalyst changes reaction rate only
Answer: E
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 15-6
28) For the reaction: CH4(g) + 2 H2O(g) ⇌ CO2(g) + 4 H2(g) ΔH° = +190 kJ when CH4 is added:
A) the reaction reacts to the right
B) the reaction reacts to the left
C) the ΔH° increases
D) the temperature increases
E) there is no change in equilibrium position
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 15-6
275
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
29) For the reaction: CH4(g) + 2H2O(g) ⇌ CO2(g) + 4H2(g) ΔH° = +190 kJ add H2(g):
A) the reaction reacts to the right
B) the reaction reacts to the left
C) the ΔH° increases
D) the temperature increases
E) there is no change in equilibrium position
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 15-6
30) For the reaction: CH4(g) + 2 H2O(g) ⇌ CO2(g) + 4 H2(g) ΔH° = +190 kJ raise the temperature to
1200 K:
A) the reaction reacts to the right
B) the reaction reacts to the left
C) the ΔH° increases
D) the temperature increases
E) there is no change in equilibrium position
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 15-6
31) In a reaction at equilibrium involving only gases, a change in pressure of the reaction mixture shifts
the position of equilibrium only when:
A) heat is absorbed by the reaction proceeding to the right
B) the gases are impure
C) the collision rate increases
D) the reaction is exothermic as written
E) the moles of gas are not equal on the two sides of the equation.
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 15-6
32) For the reaction: 3 Fe(s) + 4 H2O(g) ⇌ Fe3O4(s) + 4 H2(g) what is the effect of removing H2?
A) The reaction shifts to the right.
B) There is no change.
C) The reaction shifts to the left.
D) The Kp is decreased.
E) The Kp is doubled.
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 15-6
276
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
33) For the reaction: 3 Fe(s) + 4 H2O(g) ⇌ Fe3O4(s) + 4 H2(g) what is the effect on equilibrium of
increasing temperature of an exothermic reaction?
A) The reaction shifts to the right.
B) There is no change.
C) The reaction shifts to the left.
D) The Kp is decreased.
E) The Kp is doubled.
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 15-6
277
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
37) Choose the correct statement about a container in which the chemical equilibrium is established:
2 SO2(g) + O2(g) ⇌ 2 SO3(g) + heat
A) A decrease in amount of O2 will decrease the amount of SO2 present.
B) A decrease in the volume will decrease the amount of SO2 present.
C) A decrease in temperature will increase the amount of SO2 present.
D) A decrease in the amount of SO3 present will increase the amount of SO2 present.
E) An increase in amount of O2 will increase the amount of SO2 present.
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 15-6
278
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
41) In a reaction at equilibrium involving only gases, a pressure change will shift the reaction only
when:
A) heat is absorbed by the reaction proceeding to the right
B) the number of molecules on one side is greater than the number on the other side of the balanced
equation
C) the number of molecules increases during the chemical reaction
D) the gases are impure
E) the collision rate increases
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 15-6
43) For the reaction; N2(g) + 3 H2(g) ⇌ 2 NH3(g), the equilibrium amount of NH3 will be increased by:
I) increasing the pressure
II) adding H2
III) removing N2
IV) decreasing the pressure
A) I, III
B) III only
C) II, III
D) I, II
E) II, IV
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 15-6
44) For the reaction: CH4(g) + 2H2O(g) ⇌ CO2(g) + 4H2(g) ΔH° = +190 kJ add N2(g) at constant
volume and:
A) the reaction reacts to the right.
B) the reaction reacts to the left.
C) the ΔH° increases.
D) the temperature increases.
E) there is no change.
Answer: E
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 15-6
45) What will happen to the equilibrium in the reaction 2 A(g) ⇌ B(g) + C(g), Kc = 1.25 at 300 K if a
279
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
catalyst is added?
A) The reaction is forced to the right.
B) The reaction is forced to the left.
C) No change, catalyst only changes the rate.
D) Kc is increased.
E) Kc is decreased.
Answer: C
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 15-6
48) 0.75 mol of N2 and 1.20 mol of H2 are placed in a 3.0 liter container. When the reaction
N2(g) + 3H2(g) ⇌ 2 NH3(g) reaches equilibrium, [H2] = 0.100 M. Which of the following is true?
A) [NH3] = 0.150 M
B) [NH3] = 0.200
C) [N2] = 0.650 M
D) [N2] = 0.250
E) [NH3] = [H2] = 0.05 M
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 15-7
280
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
49) 2.5 moles H2O and 100 g of C are placed in a 50-L container. At equilibrium for the reaction C(s) +
H2O(g) ⇌ CO(g) + H2(g), [H2] = 0.040 M. Which of the following is true?
A) [CO] = 0.020 M
B) [H2O] = 0.010 M
C) no carbon is left
D) [H2O] = 0.020 M
E) [C(s)] = 0.04 M
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 15-7
281
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
52) Consider the following gas phase reaction at 25°C.
N2(g) + C2H2(g) ⇌ 2 HCN(g)
1.600 mol N2(g) and 1.750 mol C2H2(g) are placed in a 1.000 L vessel and the mixture is allowed to
react. At equilibrium, there are 1.587 mol N2(g) in the mixture. What is Kc for this reaction at 25 °C?
A) 9.8 × 10-4
B) 9.4 × 10-3
C) 2.5 × 10-4
D) 4.7 × 10-3
E) 6.7 × 10-5
Answer: C
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 15-7
54) For the decomposition of SO3(g), Kc = [SO2]2[O2]/[SO3]2, at equilibrium, there are 0.090 mol
SO2, 0.110 mol O2, 0.100 mol SO3 in a 25.0-L container. What is the value of Kc?
A) 3.6 × 10-3
B) 0.040
C) 2.23
D) 0.089
E) 7.89
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 15-2
282
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
55) Consider the following equilibrium reaction: PCl3(g) + Cl2(g) ⇌ PCl5(g) Kc = 96.2 The equilibrium
constant for the decomposition of PCl5(g) to PCl3(g) and Cl2(g) is ________.
A) -Kc
1
B)
Kc
2
1
C)
Kc
D) Kc
1
E)
Kc
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 15-2
56) Write the equilibrium constant expression for the following reaction:
N2(g) + 3 H2(g) ⇌ 2 NH3(g)
A)
B)
C)
D)
E)
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 15-2
283
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
57) What is the equilibrium constant expression for:
4 NH3(g) + 5 O2(g) ⇌ 4 NO(g) + 6 H2O(g)
A)
B)
C)
D)
E)
Answer: C
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 15-2
58) For the production of NO2, Kc = [NO2]2/[NO]2[O2]. At equilibrium in a 2.50 L container, there
are 3.00 mol NO, 4.00 mol O2 and 22.0 mol NO2. The value of Kc is ________.
A) 13.4
B) 33.6
C) 5.38
D) 0.0116
E) 3.75
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 15-2
59) For CO2(g) + H2(g) ⇌ CO(g) + H2O(g), Kc = [CO][H2]/[CO2][H2], if there are 1.43 mols each of
CO and H2, 0.572 mol H2 and 4.572 mols CO2, in a 4.0 L container at equilibrium, what is Kc?
A) 0.547
B) 0.782
C) 1.28
D) 0.137
E) 2.34
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 15-2
284
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
60) For 2 NO2(g) ⇌ N2O4(g), Kc = [N2O4]/[NO2]2. At equilibrium there are 0.0270 mol N2O4 and
0.450 mol NO2 in a 50.0-L container. What is Kc?
A) 0.00267
B) 6.81
C) 6.67
D) 0.133
E) 2.45
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 15-2
62) Write the equilibrium constant expression for the following reaction:
2 KI(aq) + H2O2(aq) ⇌ 2 KOH(aq) + I2(aq)
[KOH]2[I2 ]2
A) Kc =
[KI]2[H 2O2 ]
B) Kc = [I2]
C) Kc = [I2]2
[KOH]2[I2 ]
D) Kc =
[KI]2[H 2O2 ]
[KOH]2
E) Kc =
[KI]2[H 2O2 ]
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 15-3
285
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
63) For the reaction 2 NO(g)⇌ N2O4(g) Kp equals ________.
A) Kc
B) RT/Kc
C) Kc(RT)
D) Kc/RT
E) Kc(RT)2
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 15-3
A)
B)
C)
D)
E)
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 15-3
286
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
65) For the reaction:
3 Fe(s) + 4 H2O(g) ⇌ Fe3O4(s) + 4 H2(g)
write the expression for Kp.
A)
B)
C)
D)
E)
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 15-3
66) Write the equilibrium constant expression for the following reaction:
6 CO2(g) + 6 H2O(l) ⇌ C6H12O6(s) + 6 O2(g)
[C6H12O6 ]
A) Kc =
[H 2O]6[CO2 ]6
[O2 ]
B) Kc =
[CO2 ]
[CO2 ]6
C) Kc =
[C6H12O6 ]
[CO2 ]6[H 2O]6
D) Kc =
[O2 ]6
[O2 ]6
E) Kc =
[CO2 ]6
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 15-3
287
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
67) For the reaction: 3 Fe(s) + 4 H2O(g) ⇌ Fe3O4(s) + 4 H2(g) write the expression for Kc in terms of
Kp.
A) Kc = Kp
Kp
B) Kc =
RT
C) Kc = KpRT
D) Kc = Kp2
E) Kc = Kp
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 15-3
68) What is the relationship between Kp and Kc for the reaction below?
4NH3(g) + 7O2(g) ⇌ 2N2O4(g) + 6H2O(g)
A) Kp = Kc(RT)-3
B) Kc = Kp(RT)-3
C) Kp = Kc(RT)3
D) Kp = Kc(RT)
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 15-3
288
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
70) Write the equilibrium constant expression for the reaction:
3 Sn(s) + 4 HNO3(aq) + H2O(l) ⇌ 3 H2SnO3(s) + 4 NO(g)
A) Kc =
B) Kc =
C) Kc =
D) Kc =
E) Kc =
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 15-3
72) For a reaction, the reaction quotient, Qc > Kc, the reaction ________.
A) is at equilibrium
B) is exothermic
C) shifts to the right
D) shifts to the left
E) is endothermic
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 15-5
289
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
73) For the reaction: 2 SO2(g) + O2(g) ⇌ 2 SO3(g), Kc = 6.9 × 1024 at 25°C. If a reaction vessel is
filled with these gases, such that [SO2] = 6.0 M, [O2] = 6.0 M and [SO3] = 6.0 M, in which direction
will the reaction proceed?
A) The reaction proceeds to the right.
B) The reaction proceeds to the left.
C) The reaction is already at equilibrium.
D) The reaction volume must be specified to answer this question.
E) The value of Kp must be specified to answer this question.
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 15-5
74) For the reaction: 2 Cl2(g) + 2 H2O(g) ⇌ 4 HCl(g) + O2(g), Kp = 6.4 × 10-6 at 500 K. If a fixed
volume is filled with initial concentrations of these gases at 227°C such that [Cl 2] = 0.5 M, [H2O] =
0.40 M, [HCl] = 0.5 M, and [O2] = 0.015 M, in which direction will the reaction proceed?
A) The reaction proceeds to the right.
B) The reaction proceeds to the left.
C) The reaction is already at equilibrium.
D) The reaction volume must be specified to answer this question.
E) The value of Kp at 25 °C must be specified to answer this question.
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 15-5
75) For the reaction 2 A(g) ⇌ B(g) + C(g), Kc = 1.25 at 300 K. If a 1.00 L mixture contains 0.619 mol
A, 0.693 mol B, and 0.689 mol C at 300 K, will the mixture be in equilibrium? If not, in what direction
will a net reaction occur?
A) Yes, at equilibrium.
B) No, net reaction to the left.
C) No, net reaction to the right.
D) No, but there is no net reaction.
E) Yes, net reaction to the right
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 15-5
76) For the reaction: 3 Fe(s) + 4 H2O(g) ⇌ Fe3O4(s) + 4 H2(g) what is the effect of adding Fe(s)?
A) The reaction shifts to the right.
B) There is no change.
C) The reaction shifts to the left.
D) The Kp is decreased.
E) The Kp is doubled.
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 15-6
290
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
77) At a certain temperature, Kc = 0.0500 and △H = +39.6 kJ for the reaction below.
2MgCl2(s) + O2(g) ⇌ 2MgO(s) + 2Cl2(g)
Calculate Kc for the reaction
1
MgO(s) + Cl2(g) ⇌ MgCl2(s) + O2(g)
2
and indicate whether the value will be larger or smaller at a lower temperature.
A) 4.47, larger
B) 400, smaller
C) 0.224, larger
D) 0.224, smaller
Answer: A
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 15-6
78) Two moles of NH3 are initially present for the reaction:
2 NH3(g) ⇌ N2(g) + 3 H2(g)
At equilibrium there is 1.00 mol NH3. How many moles of H2 are present at equilibrium?
A) 3.00
B) 1.00
C) 1.50
D) 0.67
E) 0.75
Answer: C
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 15-7
291
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
80) For the reaction:
PCl3(g) + Cl2(g) ⇌ PCl5(g) at 70.5°C, Kp = 1.05.
If one starts with 1.80 atm pressure of PCl3(g), 1.72 atm pressure of Cl2(g), and no PCl5(g), what is the
partial pressure of PCl5(g) at equilibrium?
A) 0.827 atm
B) 0.856 atm
C) 0.818 atm
D) 0.599 atm
E) 0.080 atm
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 15-7
81) A mixture containing 0.392 M A(g) and 0.452 M B(g) is allowed to come to equilibrium at 300 K.
The reaction 3 A(g) + 2 B(g) ⇌ C(g) + D(g) occurs. At equilibrium, [C] = 0.00128 M. What is the value
of Kc?
A) 7.35 × 10-3
B) 1.39 × 10-4
C) 1.36 × 102
D) 9.24 × 10-6
E) 7.19 × 106
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 15-7
82) A mixture containing 0.0392 M A(g) and 0.0452 M B(g) is allowed to come to equilibrium at 300 K.
The reaction: 3 A(g) + 2 B(g) ⇌ C(g) + D(g) occurs. At equilibrium, [C] = 0.00128 M. What is the value
of Kc?
A) 2.13 × 10-3
B) 0.849
C) 20.4
D) 4.91 × 10-2
E) 470
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 15-7
292
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
83) For the decomposition of ammonium carbamate
NH4(NH2CO2)(s) ⇌ 2NH3(g) + CO2(g)
Kp = 0.0596 at a certain temperature. A solid sample of ammonium carbamate is introduced into an
evacuated container and at equilibrium some solid remains in the container. What is the total pressure in
the container?
A) 0.738 atm
B) 1.17 atm
C) 0.930 atm
D) 0.179 atm
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 15-7
293
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
86) Consider the equilibrium system: N2O4(g) ⇌ 2 NO2(g) for which Kp = 0.1134 at 25°C and ΔH°rxn
= 58.03 kJ/mol. Assuming that the total pressure inside the container is 1.00 atm at equilibrium and that
initially only N2O4 was present inside the container, compute PN2O4 at equilibrium.
A) 0.398 atm
B) 0.113 atm
C) 0.602 atm
D) 0.285 atm
E) 0.715 atm
Answer: E
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 15-7
87) Consider the equilibrium system: N2O4(g) ⇌ 2 NO2(g) for which Kp = 0.1134 at 25°C and ΔH°rxn
= 58.03 kJ/mol. Assuming that the total pressure inside the container is 1.00 atm at equilibrium and that
initially only N2O4 was present inside the container, compute PNO2 at equilibrium.
A) 0.398 atm
B) 0.113 atm
C) 0.602 atm
D) 0.285 atm
E) 0.715 atm
Answer: D
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 15-7
88) Consider the equilibrium system: N2O4(g) ⇌ 2 NO2(g) for which Kp = 0.1134 at 25°C and ΔH°rxn
= 58.03 kJ/mol. Assume that 1 mole of N2O4 and 2 moles of NO2 are introduced into a 5.0 liter
container. What will be the equilibrium value of [N2O4]?
A) 0.928 M
B) 0.0822 M
C) 0.358 M
D) 0.379 M
E) 0.042 M
Answer: D
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 15-7
89) At 35°C, Kp = 0.315 for the reaction N2O4(g) ⇌ 2 NO2(g), if the initial pressure of NO2(g) in a
container is 3.00 atm, what is the equilibrium pressure of N2O4(g)?
A) 1.88 atm
B) 0.315 atm
C) 0.471 atm
D) 1.19 atm
E) 0.685 atm
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 15-7
294
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
90) Consider the equilibrium system: N2O4(g) ⇌ 2 NO2(g) for which Kp = 0.1134 at 25°C and ΔH°rxn
= 58.03 kJ/mol. Assume that 1 mole of N2O4 and 2 moles of NO2 are introduced into a 5.0 liter
container. What will be the equilibrium value of [N2O]?
A) 0.928 M
B) 0.0822 M
C) 0.358 M
D) 0.379 M
E) 0.042 M
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 15-7
91) Consider the equilibrium system: N2O4(g) ⇌ 2 NO2(g) for which Kp = 0.1134 at 25°C and ΔH°rxn
= 58.03 kJ/mol. Assuming that the total pressure inside the container is 10 atm at equilibrium and that
initially only N2O4 was present inside the container, compute PN2O4 at equilibrium.
A) 7.98 atm
B) 8.88 atm
C) 1.12 atm
D) 1.01 atm
E) 8.99 atm
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 15-7
92) Consider the equilibrium system: N2O4(g) ⇌ 2NO2(g) for which Kp = 0.1134 at 25°C and ΔH°rxn
= 58.03 kJ/mol. Assuming that the total pressure inside the container is 10 atm at equilibrium and that
initially only N2O4 was present inside the container, compute PNO2 at equilibrium.
A) 7.98 atm
B) 8.88 atm
C) 1.12 atm
D) 1.01 atm
E) 8.99 atm
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 15-7
295
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
93) A mixture, containing 0.0750 M HCl(g) and 0.0330 M O2(g) is allowed to come to equilibrium at
480°C.
4HCl(g) + O2(g) ⇌ 2Cl2(g) + 2H2O(g)
At equilibrium [Cl2] = 0.030 M. What is the value of Kc?
A) 1.1 × 10-3
B) 890
C) 0.13
D) 1.3
E) 480
Answer: B
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 15-7
94) 4.000 mol chlorine and 2.000 mol bromine were placed in a 50.0 L container and kept at 293 K until
equilibrium was achieved for the reaction:
Br2(l) + Cl2(g) ⇌ BrCl(g)
At the point of equilibrium there were 82.63 g of Br2(l). Compute the value of Kc for this reaction.
A) 0.0699
B) 1.18
C) 0.849
D) 3.50
E) 0.849
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 15-7
95) 4.000 mol chlorine and 2.000 mol bromine were placed in a 50.0 L container and kept at 293 K until
equilibrium was achieved for the reaction:
Br2(l) + Cl2(g) ⇌ 2 BrCl(g)
At the point of equilibrium there were 82.63 g of Br2(ℓ). Determine the total pressure in the 50.0 L
container at equilibrium.
A) 0.110 atm
B) 2.64 atm
C) 0.180 atm
D) 1.43 atm
E) 1.21 atm
Answer: B
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 15-7
296
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
96) For the reaction:
PCl3(g) + Cl2(g) ⇌ PCl5(g) at 85°C, Kp = 1.19
If one starts with 2.00 atm pressure of PCl3, 1.00 atm pressure of Cl2 and no PCl5, what is the partial
pressure of PCl5(g) at equilibrium?
A) 0.167 atm
B) 0.739 atm
C) 0.621 atm
D) 0.465 atm
E) 0.553 atm
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 15-7
297
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
99) One of the reactions in the gasification of coal is
CO(g) + 3H2(g) ⇌ CH4(g) + H2O(g) ΔH° = -237 kJ
For each of the following changes, explain the effect (increase, decrease, no effect) on the number of
moles of CH4(g) produced.
(a) increase the concentration of H2O(g)
(b) decrease the volume of the container
(c) add a catalyst
(d) decrease the temperature
Answer: (a) decrease, (b) increase, (c) no effect, (d) increase
Diff: 3 Type: SA
Reference: Section 15-6
3) A spontaneous process will occur only if a some external action is continually applied.
Answer: FALSE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 19-1
4) Entropy is related to the way in which the energy of a system is distributed among the available
microscopic energy levels.
Answer: TRUE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 19-2
7) Standard Gibbs energy of formation requires the reactants be compounds in their standard state.
Answer: FALSE
Diff: 2 Type: TF
298
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
Reference: Section 19-5
11) A nonspontaneous reaction can be made to occur by coupling it with a spontaneous reaction to form
an overall spontaneous reaction.
Answer: TRUE
Diff: 2 Type: TF
Reference: Section 19-8
300
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
15) Which of the following statements are true?
I) Liquids have more entropy than their solids.
II) Solutions have more entropy than the solids dissolved.
III) Gases and their liquids have equal entropy.
IV) Gases have less entropy than their solids.
V) Entropy of a substance increases as its temperature increases.
A) II), III), and V)
B) I), III), and V)
C) I), IV), and V)
D) I), II), and V)
E) II), IV) and V)
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 19-2
17) Which of the following processes would result in a decrease in system entropy?
A) melting of an ice cube
B) sublimation of a moth ball
C) evaporation of a puddle of gasoline
D) a glass of cool lemonade warming in the sun
E) condensation of water vapor on a cold windshield
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 19-2
301
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
19) Choose the correct statements concerning entropy.
I) As two gasses mix, ΔS is positive.
II) Entropy is a thermodynamic property related to the degree of disorder.
III) As temperature in a gas decreases, ΔS is positive.
IV) Molecules in the liquid state have higher entropy than molecules in the gaseous state.
A) I and III
B) I, II, III
C) I and II
D) I, II, IV
E) II and III
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 19-2
20) Indicate the statement(s) which are true for the process:
Al+3(aq) + 3 OH-(aq) → Al(OH)3(s)
if it occurs in a closed container.
I) ΔS increases because the final molecule is more complicated.
II) Entropy decreases because the product is in the solid phase.
III) The two ions achieve a high degree of order as they crystalize, therefore ΔS is positive.
IV) Entropy of the system is unchanged because the system is sealed and at a constant temperature.
A) I and II
B) I and III
C) II only
D) I, II, IV
E) I and IV
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 19-2
21) Which of the following best expresses the increased degree of randomness associated with melting
and sublimation, respectively?
A) ΔSfus - ΔSsub = 0
B) ΔSfus = 144.3 J/mol-K, ΔSsub = 9.0 J/mol-K
C) ΔSfus = 9.0 J/mol-K, ΔSsub = -144.3 J/mol-K
D) ΔH for both processes is zero
E) ΔSfus = 9.0 J/mol-K, ΔSsub = 144.3 J/mol-K
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 19-2
302
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
22) The normal melting and boiling points of SO2 are 198 and 263 K, respectively. For a plot of the
standard molar entropy of SO2 versus temperature, which of the following is INCORRECT?
A) At 263 K, S° is constant.
B) S° increases with increasing temperature.
C) S° equals zero at 0 K.
D) At 198 K, S° increases by the value of △Sfusion.
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 19-3
24) Which of the following relations is true for the molar entropy of sublimation of a substance?
A) ΔSsub = ΔSfusion + ΔSvaporization
B) ΔSsub < ΔSvaporization
C) ΔSsub = ΔSfusion - ΔSvaporization
D) ΔSsub < (ΔSfusion + ΔSvaporization)
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 19-3
25) The fact that the entropies of vaporization for liquids which exhibit hydrogen bonding are greater
than the 87 J/(mol ∙ K) which is expected of non-polar liquids is an exception to:
A) the Gibb's Energy Rule
B) the Third Law of Thermodynamics
C) the Clausius-Clapyeron Rule
D) the Second Law of Thermodynamics
E) Trouton's Rule
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 19-3
303
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
26) Which of the following substances under equal conditions and in the same phase has the greatest
molar entropy?
A) NO
B) NO2
C) N2O3
D) N2O4
E) N2O5
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 19-3
304
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
30) If ΔG < 0 for a reaction, then the reaction is said to be:
A) endothermic
B) reversible
C) spontaneous
D) exothermic
E) fast
Answer: C
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 19-4
31) The maximum quantity of energy available for useful work is:
A) constant
B) Gibbs energy
C) the entropy
D) the internal energy
E) the enthalpy
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 19-4
33) The Gibbs energy change for a reaction is -298 kJ. The reaction is therefore:
A) exothermic
B) irreversible
C) spontaneous
D) endothermic
E) nonspontaneous
Answer: C
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 19-4
305
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
34) In a sealed container, the rate of dissolving is equal to the rate of crystallization. Therefore we would
expect:
A) ΔG < 0
B) ΔG > 0
C) ΔG = 0
D) ΔS = 0
E) must know ΔH to determine
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 19-4
37) Which of the following combinations of signs for ΔH and ΔS will always result in a reaction being
nonspontaneous?
A) ΔH+, ΔS-
B) ΔH-, ΔS+
C) ΔH-, ΔS-
D) ΔH+, ΔS+
E) cannot determine without temperature
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 19-4
306
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
38) The following reaction is exothermic.
2N2O(g) → 2N2(g) + O2(g)
This means the reaction:
A) will be spontaneous at all temperatures
B) will be spontaneous only at high temperature
C) will be spontaneous only at low temperatures
D) is not spontaneous at any temperature
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 19-4
40) For an exothermic reaction to be nonspontaneous at high temperatures, the enthalpy must be
________ while the entropy is ________.
A) positive, also positive
B) positive, negative
C) a relatively small negative value, also negative
D) a relatively large negative value, positive
E) a very large negative value, also negative
Answer: C
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 19-4
41) Which of the following quantities for an element has a value of zero in the standard state?
I) ΔH°f
II) ΔG°f
III) S°
A) I only
B) II only
C) III only
D) I and II
E) I, II, and III
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 19-5
307
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
42) For Cl2O(g) + 3/2 O2(g) → 2 ClO2 △H° = 126 kJ/mol, and ΔS° = -74.9 J/(mol∙deg) at 377°C. What
is Keq?
A) 0.97
B) 6.12 × 10-7
C) 4.27 × 10-22
D) 9.17 × 10-15
E) 1.07 × 1014
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 19-6
44) For the reaction PCl5(g) → PCl3(g) + Cl2(g) at 298 K, Keq = 1.87 × 10-7, ΔS° = 1.8192 J/(mol ∙K),
what is ΔG° and is the reaction spontaneous?
A) 3.84 × 104 kJ/mol, no
B) 7.68 kJ/mol, no
C) -7.68 kJ/mol, yes
D) 38.4 kJ/mol, no
E) -38.4 kJ/mol, yes
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 19-6
45) If the vapor pressure of water in an open system at 25°C is 23.8 mmHg, what is ΔG for the reaction
below at 25°C?
H2O(l) → H2O(g, 23.8 mmHg)
A) 0 kJ/mol
B) -8.58 kJ/mol
C) +8.58 kJ/mol
D) -0.720 kJ/mol
Answer: A
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 19-6
308
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
46) For the vaporization of water in an open system at 25°C and 1 atm, which of the following is
correct?
A) The reaction is entropy driven.
B) The reaction is enthalpy driven.
C) The reaction is not spontaneous.
D) ΔG°rxn = 0
Answer: A
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 19-6
47) Consider the reaction of 25.0 mL of 0.20 M AgNO3(aq) with 25.0 mL of 0.20 M NaBr(aq) to form
AgBr(s) at 25°C. What is ΔG for this reaction? The Ksp of AgBr is 5.0 x 10-13 at 25°C.
A) -58.8 kJ/mol
B) -70.2 kJ/mol
C) +58.8 kJ/mol
D) +70.2 kJ/mol
Answer: A
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 19-6
48) The equilibrium constant for the reaction below is 7.2 x 10-4 at 298 K and 1 atm.
HNO2(aq) + H2O(l) ⇌ NO2-(aq) + H3O+(aq)
When [HNO2(aq)] = 1.0 M and [NO2-(aq)] = [H3O+(aq)] = 1.0 x 10-5 M, calculate ΔG.
A) -39.1 kJ/mol
B) +17.9 kJ/mol
C) -17.9 kJ/mol
D) +39.1 kJ/mol
Answer: A
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 19-6
309
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
50) Which of the following quantities is generally independent of temperature?
I) ΔH
II) ΔS
III) ΔG
A) I only
B) II only
C) III only
D) I and II
E) I, II, and III
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 19-7
53) Which of the listed reactions would couple with the following reaction to produce silver?
Ag2O(s) → 2 Ag(s) + 1/2 O(g) ΔG° = 11.2 kJ/mol
A) Ag(s) + 1/2 Br2 → AgBr(s) ΔG° = 96.9 kJ/mol
B) C + 1/2 O2 → CO ΔG° = -137.2 kJ/mol
C) N + 1/2 O2 → NO ΔG° = 149.3 kJ/mol
D) N + O2 → NO2 ΔG° = 51.3 kJ/mol
E) C + 2 S → CS2(l) ΔG° = 65.3 kJ/mol
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 19-8
310
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
54) Order the following by increasing entropy.
CO(g), COCl2(g), CO2(g), CaO(s)
A) CO2 < CO < CaO < COCl2
B) CaO < CO < CO2 < COCl2
C) COCl2 < CO < CaO < CO2
D) CO2 < CaO < COCl2 < CO
E) CO < CaO < COCl2 < CO2
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 19-2
311
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
58) For the reaction, N2O4(g) → 2 NO2(g)
S° (J/mol K) 304.2 240.0
what is ΔS°rxn?
A) 544.2 J/mol ∙ K
B) -64.2 J/mol ∙ K
C) 175.8 J/mol ∙ K
D) -175.8 J/mol ∙ K
E) 64.2 J/mol ∙ K
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 19-2
61) If the enthalpy of vaporization of chloromethane, CH3Cl, is 21.5 kJ/mol at the normal boiling point,
249 K, calculate ΔS°vap.
A) 86.3 J mol-1 K-1
B) 5.35 J mol-1 K-1
C) 11.6 J mol-1 K-1
D) 896 J mol-1 K-1
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 19-3
312
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
62) Consider the following reaction:
C(g) + 2 H2(g) → CH4(g)
S° 5.69 130.58 186.19 J/mol∙deg
What is ΔS° for the above reaction in J/mol∙deg?
A) -49.9 J/mol∙deg
B) 49.9 J/mol∙deg
C) 80.7 J/mol∙deg
D) 115.2 J/mol∙deg
E) -80.7 J/mol∙deg
Answer: E
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 19-3
313
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
65) For the reaction,
2 O3(g) → 3 O2(g)
S° (J/mol K) 238.8 205.0
what is ΔS°rxn?
A) 137.4 J/mol K
B) -137.4 J/mol K
C) 33.8 J/mol K
D) 171.2 J/mol K
E) -33.8 J/mol K
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 19-3
66) Calculate the entropy change for methanol at its normal boiling point of 64.5°C. ΔH° = 38.0 kJ/mol.
A) 0.589 kJ/mol ∙ K
B) 0.112 kJ/mol ∙ K
C) 589 kJ/mol ∙ K
D) 112 kJ/mol ∙ K
E) 0.589 × 10-2 kJ/mol ∙ K
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 19-3
314
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
69) What is ΔG° at 25°C?
CO2(g) → CO2(aq) ΔH° = -19.4 kJ ΔS° = 92.3 J/K
A) 2.1 kJ
B) -46.9 kJ
C) -17.1 kJ
D) -19.5 kJ
E) -21.7 kJ
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 19-4
315
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
73) Consider the following reaction:
4 NH3(g) + 7 O2(g) → 4 NO2(g) + 6 H2O (l)
ΔG°f -16.7 0.0 51.8 -237.2 kJ/mol
What is ΔG° for this reaction in kJ?
A) -1282
B) -1149
C) -169
D) 169
E) 1149
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 19-5
316
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
76) What is ΔG°rxn?
CO(g) + 2 H2(g) → CH3OH(g)
ΔGf° (J/mol K) -137.2 0 -162.0
A) -24.8 kJ
B) -299.2 kJ
C) +24.8 kJ
D) 149.6 kJ
E) +299.2 kJ
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 19-5
317
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
79) Calculate ΔG° for the reaction Cu(s) + H2O(g) → CuO(s) + H2(g) at 500K.
Cu(s) 0 33.3
H2O(g) -241.8 188.7
CuO(s) -155.2 43.5
H2(g) 0 130.6
A) 231.8 kJ
B) -135.4 kJ
C) -58.6 kJ
D) 110.6 kJ
E) 86.74 kJ
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 19-5
80) For the reaction I2(s) + Cl2(g) → 2 ICl(g) ΔH = 36 kJ and ΔS = 158.8 J/K at 25 °C. Calculate ΔG
for the process at 25 °C.
A) -11.3 kJ
B) -4730 kJ
C) -393 kJ
D) 32 kJ
E) 83.3 kJ
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 19-5
81) For CO(g) + H2(g) → H2CO(g) ΔH° = -5.36 kJ/mol, and ΔS° = -109.8 J/mol-deg. What is ΔG° in
kJ/mol at 300 K?
A) -38.3 kJ/mol
B) 57.6 kJ/mol
C) 38.3 kJ/mol
D) 27.6 kJ/mol
E) -57.6 kJ/mol
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 19-5
318
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
82) For CdO(s) + SO3(g) → CdSO4(s) ΔH° = -279.4 kJ/mol, and ΔS° = -118.4 J/mol-deg. What is ΔG°
in kJ/mol at 127 K?
A) -256 kJ/mol
B) -303 kJ/mol
C) -264 kJ/mol
D) -355 kJ/mol
E) -460 kJ/mol
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 19-5
83) For Cl2O(g) + 3/2 O2(g) → 2 ClO2 ΔH° = 126 kJ/mol, and ΔS° = -74.9 J/mol-deg at 377 °C. What
is ΔG° in kJ/mol?
A) 77.8
B) 51.4
C) 98.3
D) 175
E) 129.2
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 19-5
88) For a reaction Keq = 1.2 × 10-6 at T = 200 K. What is ΔG° for the reaction?
A) -22.7 kJ/mol
B) 53.6 kJ/mol
C) 22.7 kJ/mol
D) -53.6 kJ/mol
E) 170 kJ/mol
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 19-6
89) For the reaction SO2(g) + Cl2(g) → SO2Cl2(g) Keq = 0.377 at 25°C, what is ΔG° for the reaction?
A) 202.7 J/mol
B) 88.02 J/mol
C) 2420 J/mol
D) 1049 J/mol
E) -1049 J/mol
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 19-6
320
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
90) Consider the reaction: N2O4(g) → 2 NO2(g)
Keq = 0.1134 at 20 °C. ΔH°rxn = 58.03 kJ/mol
What is ΔG° for this reaction at 20 °C?
A) 0.36 kJ
B) -5.4 kJ
C) 4.9 kJ
D) 5.3 kJ
E) 5.4 kJ
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 19-6
91) For the reaction N2O3(g) → NO(g) + NO2(g) ΔG° = -4.78. Calculate Keq at 25°C.
A) 1.023
B) 1.002
C) 1.005
D) 0.9484
E) 0.9981
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 19-6
92) For the reaction PCl5(g) → PCl3(g) + Cl2(g) at 298 K, Keq = 1.87 × 10-7, ΔS° = 181.92 J/mol K.
Compute ΔH° for this reaction.
A) 15.8 kJ/mol
B) 220 kJ/mol
C) 143 kJ/mol
D) 54.2 kJ/mol
E) 92.6 kJ/mol
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 19-6
93) For the reaction PCl5(g) → PCl3(g) + Cl2(g) at 298 K, Keq = 1.87 × 10-7, ΔS° = 181.92 J/mol K,
what is Keq at 200 K if ΔH° = 92.6 kJ/mol?
A) 2.08 × 10-15
B) 16.8
C) 1.87 × 10-7
D) 5.35 × 106
E) 5.95 × 10-2
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 19-6
321
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
94) What is ΔH° for a reaction that has Kp = 1.456 at 273 K and Kp = 14.2 at 298 K?
A) 8.42 × 10-5 kJ/mol
B) 61.6 kJ/mol
C) -61.6 kJ/mol
D) 462 kJ/mol
E) -462 kJ/mol
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 19-6
97) For the reaction I2(s) + Cl2(g) → 2 ICl(g) ΔH = 36 kJ and ΔS = 158.8 J/K at 25°C. Calculate the
temperature at which Keq is 4.0 × 103.
A) 128 °C
B) -115 °C
C) 83 °C
D) 25 °C
E) -175 °C
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 19-7
322
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
98) For CO(g) + H2(g) → H2CO(g) ΔH° = -5.36 kJ/mol, and ΔS° = -109.8 J/mol-deg. What is the
temperature at which Keq is 1.0 × 10-2?
A) 5.19 × 103 °C
B) 218 °C
C) 25 °C
D) -198 °C
E) -237 °C
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 19-7
99) For CdO(s) + SO3(g) → CdSO4(s) ΔH° = -279.4 kJ/mol, and ΔS° = -118.4 J/mol-deg. What is the
temperature at which Keq is 1.0 × 104?
A) 1890 °C
B) 6950 °C
C) 1160 °C
D) 1710 °C
E) 6410 °C
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 19-7
101) Calculate the temperature for which Keq for a reaction is 1.04 × 103 where ΔH° = -83.2 kJ/mol and
ΔS° = -246 J/mol ∙ K.
A) 0.274 K
B) 307 K
C) 0.307 K
D) 274 K
E) cannot be determined without ΔG°
Answer: D
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 19-7
323
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
Electrochemistry
5) The hydrogen standard electrode is the most convenient standard electrode to use.
Answer: FALSE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 20-4
324
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
9) Cathodic protection is attaching a more active metal to the protected metal.
Answer: TRUE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 20-6
325
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
15) In a galvanic cell, oxidation occurs at the:
A) anode
B) cathode
C) salt bridge
D) electrolyte
E) in cathodic space
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 20-1
18) Choose the correct statement based on the following oxidation potentials.
Mg/Mg2+ +2.37 v Fe/Fe2+ +0.44 v Cu/Cu2+ -0.34 v
Zn/Zn2+ +0.76 v Sn/Sn2+ +0.14 v Ag/Ag+ -0.80 v
A) Mg will not displace Zn2+ from solution
B) Cu will displace Sn2+ from solution
C) Fe will displace Zn2+ from solution
D) Fe will displace H+ from solution
E) Sn will displace Fe2+ from solution
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 20-2
326
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
19) Choose the INCORRECT statement.
A) SHE stands for Standard Helium Electrodes.
B) E° is the standard electrode potential.
C) The standard electrode potential is the reduction potential of a half cell.
D) The standard cell potential is the potential difference between two half cells.
E) E°cell is the standard cell potential.
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 20-2
21) Determine E°cell for the reaction: 2 Al + 3 Zn2+ → 2 Al3+ + 3 Zn. The half reactions are:
Al3+(aq) + 3 e- → Al(s) E° = -1.676 V
Zn2+(aq) + 2 e- → Zn(s) E° = -0.763 V
A) 0.913 V
B) -2.439 V
C) 2.439 V
D) -1.063 V
E) -0.913 V
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 20-2
22) Determine E°cell for the reaction: 2 Ag+ + Mg → 2 Ag + Mg2+. The half reactions are:
Mg2+(aq) + 2 e- → Mg(s) E° = -2.356 V
Ag+(aq) + e- → Ag(s) E° = 0.800 V
A) 0.756 V
B) -0.756 V
C) 3.156 V
D) -1.556 V
E) 1.556 V
Answer: C
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 20-2
327
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
23) Determine E°cell for the reaction: Pb2+ + Zn → Pb + Zn2+. The half reactions are:
Pb2+(aq) + 2 e- → Pb(s) E° = -0.125 V
Zn +(aq) + 2 e → Zn(s) E° = -0.763 V
2 -
A) 0.638 V
B) -0.638 V
C) 0.888 V
D) -1.276 V
E) -0.888 V
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 20-2
26) What is the cell diagram for the spontaneous cell involving the Fe 3+ ∣ Fe2+ (0.771V) half cell and
the Zn2+ ∣ Zn (-0.763 V) half cell?
A) Fe2+(aq) ∣ Fe3+(aq) Zn2+(aq) ∣ Zn(s)
B) Pt(s) ∣ Fe2+(aq), Fe3+(aq) Zn2+(aq) ∣ Zn(s)
C) Zn(s) ∣ Zn2+(aq) Fe3+(aq) ∣ Fe2+(aq) ∣ Pt(s)
D) Zn(s) ∣ Zn2+(aq) Fe3+(aq) ∣ Fe2+(aq)
E) Zn(s) ∣ Zn2+(aq) Fe3+(aq) ∣ Fe2+(aq) ∣ Zn(s)
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 20-3
328
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
27) If the voltage of an electrochemical cell is negative then the cell reaction is:
A) nonspontaneous
B) slow
C) exothermic
D) spontaneous
E) fast
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 20-3
29) Calculate the Ksp of lead iodide from the following standard electrode potentials, at 25°C:
2 e- + PbI2(S) → Pb(s) + 2 I-(aq) E° = -0.365 V
2 e- + Pb2+(aq) → Pb(s) E° = -0.126 V
A) 8 × 10 -9
B) 9 × 10-5
C) 2 × 10-17
D) 5 × 10-13
E) 6 × 10-5
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 20-3
30) In the cell Fe2+ ∣ Fe3+ Cu2+ ∣ Cu which will increase the cell voltage the most?
A) Halve [Cu2+].
B) Halve [Fe2+].
C) Double [Cu2+].
D) Double [Fe2+].
E) Cut Cu electrode in half.
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 20-4
31) Which of the following are commonly used as alternate standard electrodes:
329
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
I) Ag(s) | AgCl(s) | Cl- (1.0 M)
II) Hg(l) | HgCl2(s) | Cl- (1.0 M)
III) Ag(s) | AgCl(s) | Cl- (0.1 M)
IV) Hg(l) | Hg2Cl2(s) | Cl- (1.0 M)
V) Hg(s) | Hg2Cl2(s) | Cl- (1.0 M)
A) I) and V)
B) II) and IV)
C) I) and IV)
D) II) and III)
E) I) and III)
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 20-4
330
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
34) Consider the cell:
Ni ∣ Ni2+ (?M) Cu2+ (0.136 M) ∣ Cu
Ni2+/Ni E° = -0.257 V
Cu2+/Cu E° = 0.340 V
The measured potential of the cell is 0.621 V. What is [Ni 2+] at 25°C?
A) 2 × 10-2 M
B) 1 M
C) 4 × 10-42 M
D) 0.05 M
E) 0.4 M
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 20-4
35) What is the concentration of Cu2+ in the following cell at 25°C if the cell voltage is 1.253 V?
Zn ∣ Zn2+ (0.125 M) Cu2+(?) ∣ Cu
Cu2+ + 2 e- → Cu(s) E° = 0.340 V
Zn2+ + 2 e- → Zn(s) E° = -0.763 V
A) 0.6 M
B) 1 × 10-2 M
C) 1 × 10-6 M
D) 9 × 10-4 M
E) 4 × 10-4 M
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 20-4
36) What is the concentration of Al3+ in the following cell at 25°C if the cell voltage is 1.486 V?
Al ∣ Al3+(?) Sn2+(3.21 × 10-4 M) ∣ Sn
Al3+ + 3 e- → Al(s) E° = -1.676 V
Sn2+ + 2 e- → Sn(s) E° = -0.137 V
A) 2.8 × 10-3 M
B) 1.6 × 10-5 M
C) 4.5 × 10-5 M
D) 2.4 × 10-2 M
E) 7.8 × 10-6 M
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 20-4
331
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
37) Choose the INCORRECT statement.
A) A concentration cell consists of half cells with identical electrodes but different ion concentrations.
B) Primary batteries' cell reactions cannot be reversed.
C) Secondary batteries' cell reaction can be reversed.
D) A primary battery is recharged by passing electricity through the battery.
E) Cells can be joined in series to increase the total voltage.
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 20-5
332
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
41) One mole of electrons has a charge of:
A) 96,485 A
B) 1.60 × 10-19
C) 6.02 × 1023 A
D) 96,485 C
E) 96,485 F
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 20-7
42) An electrolysis is carried out by passing an electric current through a solution of copper sulfate using
inert electrodes. This causes:
A) Cu to plate out on the negative electrode
B) Cu to plate out on the anode
C) oxygen to form on the negative electrode
D) H2 to form at the negative electrode
E) sulfur to form on the positive electrode
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 20-7
44) How many coulombs would be needed to deposit all of the Ag+ ion from 600 mL of a solution
0.250 M in Ag+?
A) 1.45 × 107 C
B) 1.56 × 106 C
C) 1.45 × 104 C
D) 2.41 × 104 C
E) 1.56 × 104 C
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 20-7
333
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
45) The following half-reactions are used in the zinc-air battery.
Zn(OH)42- (aq) + 2 e- → Zn(s) + 4 OH-(aq) E° = -1.199 V
O2(g) + 2 H2O(l) + 4 e- → 4 OH-(aq) E° = +0.401 V
How much charge is transferred per gram Zn(s) in this voltaic cell?
A) 5.90 × 103 C
B) 2.95 × 103 C
C) 1.47 × 103 C
D) 3.39 × 10-4 C
E) 1.69 × 10-4 C
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 20-7
46) Write the net redox reaction that occurs in the galvanic cell.
Zn(s) ∣ Zn+2(aq) Pb+2(aq)∣ Pb(s)
A) Pb(s) + Zn(s) → Pb+2(aq) + Zn+2(aq) + 4 e-
B) Pb(s) + Zn+2(aq) → Pb+2(aq) + Zn(s)
C) Pb+2(s) + Zn+2(s) → Pb(s) + Zn(s) + 4 e-
D) Pb+2(aq) + Zn(s) → Zn+2(aq) + Pb(s)
E) Pb(s) + Zn(s) + 4 e- → Pb+2(aq) + Zn+2(aq)
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 20-1
334
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
48) Write the net redox reaction that occurs in the following galvanic cell.
Ti(s) ∣ Ti3+(aq) Se2-(aq) ∣ Se(s)
A) Ti(s) + Se2-(aq) + 1 e- → Ti3+(aq) + Se(s)
B) 2 Ti(s) + 3 Se(s) → 2 Ti3+(aq) + 3 Se2-(aq)
C) Ti(s) + Se(s) → Ti3+(aq) + Se2-(aq) + 1 e-
D) 2 Ti3+(aq) + 3 Se(s) → 2 Ti(s) + 3 Se2-(aq)
E) 2 Ti3+(aq) + 3 Se(s) + 1 e- → 2 Ti(s) + 3 Se2-(aq)
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 20-1
50) Given the table below predict the numerical value of the standard cell potential for the reaction:
2 Cr(s) + 3 Cu2+(aq) → 2 Cr3+(aq) + 3 Cu(s)
Half Reaction E° (volts)
(1) Cr3+ + 3 e- → Cr -0.74
(2) Cr3+ + e- → Cr2+ -0.41
(3) Cr2O72- + 14 H+ + 6 e- → 2 Cr3+ + 7 H2O 1.33
(4) Cu+ + e- → Cu 0.52
(5) Cu + 2 e → Cu
2+ - 0.34
(6) Cu + e → Cu
2+ - + 0.16
A) 2.50 volts
B) 0.417 volts
C) -1.08 volts
D) 1.08 volts
E) -0.40 volts
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 20-2
335
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
51) Determine E°cell for the reaction: Pb + Zn2+ → Pb2+ + Zn. The half reactions are:
Pb2+(aq) + 2 e- → Pb(s) E° = -0.125 V
Zn +(aq) + 2 e → Zn(s) E° = -0.763 V
2 -
A) 0.638 V
B) -0.638 V
C) 0.888 V
D) -1.276 V
E) -0.888 V
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 20-2
52) Determine E°cell for the reaction: Pb + Cu2+ → Pb2+ + Cu. The half reactions are:
Pb2+(aq) + 2 e- → Pb(s) E° = -0.125 V
Cu2+ + 2 e- → Cu E° = 0.340 V
A) 0.215 V
B) 0.465 V
C) 0.930 V
D) -0.215 V
E) -0.465 V
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 20-2
53) Determine E°cell for the reaction: 2 Al3+ + 3 Zn → 2 Al + 3 Zn2+. The half reactions are:
Al3+(aq) + 3 e- → Al(s) E° = -1.676 V
Zn2+(aq) + 2 e- → Zn(s) E° = -0.763 V
A) 0.913 V
B) -2.439 V
C) 2.439 V
D) -1.063 V
E) -0.913 V
Answer: E
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 20-2
54) Determine E°cell for the reaction: 2 Ag + Mg2+ → 2 Ag+ + Mg. The half reactions are:
Mg2+(aq) + 2 e- → Mg(s) E° = -2.356 V
Ag+(aq) + e- → Ag(s) E° = 0.800 V
A) 0.756 V
B) -0.756 V
C) 3.156 V
D) -3.156 V
E) 1.556 V
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 20-2
336
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
55) Determine E°cell for the reaction: I2 + Cu → 2 I- + Cu2+. The half reactions are:
I2(s) + 2 e- → 2 I-(aq) E° = +0.535 V
Cu2+ + 2 e- → Cu E° = 0.340 V
A) 0.730 V
B) -0.875 V
C) 0.875 V
D) 0.195 V
E) -0.195 V
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 20-2
56) Determine E°cell for the reaction: Cl2 + 2 F- → 2 Cl- + F2. The half reactions are:
F2(s) + 2 e- → 2 F-(aq) E° = +2.866 V
Cl2(s) + 2 e- → 2 Cl-(aq) E° = 1.358 V
A) 3.016 V
B) -4.224 V
C) 1.508 V
D) 4.224 V
E) -1.508 V
Answer: E
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 20-2
57) Determine E°cell for the reaction: MnO4- + 8 H+ + 5 Fe2+ → Mn2+ + 4 H2O + 5 Fe3+. The half
reactions are:
Fe3+(aq) + e- → Fe2+(aq) E° = +0.771 V
MnO4-(aq) + 8 H+(aq) + 5 e- → Mn2+(aq) + 4 H2O(l) E° = 1.507 V
A) -2.34 V
B) -2.28 V
C) 2.28 V
D) -0.74 V
E) 0.74 V
Answer: E
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 20-2
337
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
58) Will magnesium metal displace Al3+ ion from an aqueous solution?
Mg2+(aq) + 2 e- → Mg(s) E° = -2.356 V
Al3+(aq) + 3 e- → Al(s) E° = -1.676 V
A) No, since E°cell is negative.
B) Yes, since E°cell is negative.
C) No, the reverse reaction is spontaneous.
D) Yes, since E°cell is positive.
E) No, the system is at equilibrium.
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 20-2
338
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
61) For the cell reaction at 25°C Cu2+(aq) + Zn(s) → Cu(s) + Zn2+(aq), E°cell = +1.100 V. What is the
equilibrium constant for this reaction?
A) 3 × 10-19
B) 2 × 1037
C) 2 × 10-37
D) 3 × 1018
E) 3 × 10-18
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 20-3
62) The following galvanic cell has a measured cell potential E°cell = 0.646 V.
Pt(s) ∣ Sn4+(aq), Sn2+(aq) Ag+(aq) ∣ Ag(s)
Given that the standard reduction potential for the reduction of Ag+ to Ag(s) is +0.800 V, what is the
standard reduction potential for the Sn4+/Sn2+ half-reaction?
A) +0.154 V
B) -0.154 V
C) +1.45 V
D) -1.45 V
E) +0.308 V
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 20-3
63) What is the cell diagram for the spontaneous cell involving the Cl 2 ∣ Cl- (1.358 V) and the Sn2+ ∣
Sn (-0.137V) half cells?
A) Pt ∣ Cl2(g) ∣ Cl-(aq) Sn2+(aq) ∣ Sn(s)
B) Sn(S) ∣ Sn2+(aq) Cl-(aq) ∣ Cl2(g) ∣ Pt
C) Cl2(g) ∣ Cl-(aq) Sn2+(aq) ∣ Sn(s)
D) Sn(S) Sn2+(aq) Cl-(aq) ∣ Cl2(g)
E) Sn(S) ∣ Cl-(aq) Sn2+(aq) ∣ Sn(s)
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 20-3
339
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
64) What is the cell reaction of the spontaneous cell made from the Zn 2+/Zn (-0.76 V) and Br2 /2Br-
(1.07 V) half cells?
A) 2 Br- + Zn2+ → Zn + Br2
B) Br2 + Zn → Zn2+ + 2 Br-
C) 2 Br- + Zn → Br2 + Zn2+
D) Br2 + Zn → Zn2+ + Br-
E) Br2 + Zn2+ → Zn + 2Br-
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 20-3
65) What is E° of the spontaneous cell made from the Zn2+/Zn (-0.76 V) and Br2/2Br- (1.07 V) half
cells?
A) -1.83 V
B) 0.31 V
C) 1.83 V
D) -0.31 V
E) -0.76 V
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 20-3
66) Using the following reduction half-reactions and their respective standard reduction potentials at
25°C, draw a diagram of a galvanic cell.
Cr2O72-(aq) + 14 H+(aq) + 6e- → 2 Cr3+(aq) + 7 H2O E° = +1.33 V
Zn2+(aq) + 2 e- → Zn(s) E° = -0.763 V
A) Zn (aq) ∣ Zn(s), H (aq) Cr2O72-(aq), Cr(s) ∣ Cr3+(aq)
2+ +
B) Zn(s) ∣ Zn2+(aq) H+(aq), Cr3+(aq) ∣ Cr(s)
C) Cr(s) ∣ Cr3+(aq), H+(aq), Cr2O72-(aq) Zn(S) ∣ Zn2+(aq)
D) Zn(s) ∣ Zn2+(aq) Cr2O72-(aq), H+(aq), Cr3+(aq) ∣ Pt(s)
E) Pt(s) ∣ Cr3+(aq), Cr2O72-(aq), H+(aq) Zn2+(aq) ∣ Zn(s)
Answer: D
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 20-3
340
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
67) Which two of the following half-reactions will combine to give the galvanic cell with the highest
cell potential?
1) 2 H+(aq) + 2 e- → H2(g) E° = 0
2) Pb+2(aq) + 2 e- → Pb(s) E° = -0.125 V
3) I2(s) + 2 e → 2 I (aq)
- - E° = +0.535 V
4) Zn (aq) + 2 e → Zn(s)
+2 - E° = -0.763 V
A) 1 and 4
B) 2 and 4
C) 3 and 4
D) 1 and 3
E) 2 and 3
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 20-3
68) What is E° of the spontaneous cell made from Ag+/Ag (0.80 V) and Cl2/Cl- (1.36 V) half cells?
A) 2.16 V
B) -2.16 V
C) -0.56 V
D) 0.56 V
E) 1.36 V
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 20-3
69) The net reaction in a voltaic cell with E°cell = +0.726 V is,
2 Fe3+(aq) + 3 Zn(S) → 2 Fe(s) + 3 Zn2+(aq)
What is ΔG° for this reaction at 25°C?
A) -210 kJ
B) -140 kJ
C) -700 kJ
D) -463 kJ
E) -420 kJ
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 20-3
70) The standard Gibbs energy change for the following voltaic cell is ΔG° = -89.3 kJ at 25°C.
What is E°cell? Cu(s) | Cu2+(aq) || Ag+(aq) | Ag(s)
A) +0.463 V
B) -0.926 V
C) -0.463 V
D) +0.926 V
E) +0.231 V
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 20-3
341
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
71) What is Keq at 25°C of the spontaneous cell made from Ag+/Ag (0.80 V) and Cl2/Cl- (1.36 V) half
cells?
A) 1073
B) 10-10
C) 109
D) 1019
E) 10-19
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 20-3
72) What is Keq at 25°C of the spontaneous cell made from the Zn2+/Zn (-0.76 V) and Br2/2Br- (1.07
V) half cells?
A) 10-6
B) 105
C) 1010
D) 10-11
E) 1061
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 20-3
342
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
74) For the reaction: Mg(s) + AgNO3(aq) → Ag(s) + Mg(NO3)2(aq)
Ag+(aq) + e- → Ag(s) E° = 0.800 V
Mg2+(aq) + 2 e- → Mg(s) E° = -2.356 V
Determine ΔG°.
A) -300.3 kJ/mol
B) 304.5 kJ/mol
C) 609.0 kJ/mol
D) -304.5 kJ/mol
E) -609.0 kJ/mol
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 20-3
75) What is ΔG° at 25°C for the reaction (not balanced): C3H8 + O2(g) → CO2(g) + H2O(l) if the
standard cell potential is 1.092 V?
A) -105 kJ
B) -211 kJ
C) 105 kJ
D) -2107 kJ
E) 211 kJ
Answer: D
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 20-3
76) What is the standard cell potential if the Gibbs energy is -2108 kJ in the reaction:
C3H8 + O2(g) → CO2(g) + H2O(l) (not balanced)?
A) -10.92 V
B) 10.92 V
C) 21.85 V
D) -1.092 V
E) 1.092 V
Answer: E
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 20-3
77) Calculate Ecell at 25°C for the following voltaic cell. Ksp for NiCO3 is 1.42 × 10-7.
Ni(s) ∣ Ni2+(aq) [sat'd NiCO3(s)] Ni2+(aq) (0.010M) ∣ Ni(s)
The half-reaction is: Ni2+(aq) + 2 e- → Ni(s) E° = -0.257 V
A) +0.257 V
B) -0.257 V
C) 0.000 V
D) +0.0844 V
E) +0.0422 V
Answer: E
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 20-4
343
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
78) Find Ecell for the following voltaic cell at 25°C:
Ti(s) ∣ Ti2+(aq) (0.550M) Sn2+(aq) (0.005 M) ∣ Sn(s)
The half-reactions are:
Ti2+(aq) + 2 e- ⇔Ti(s) E° = -1.630 V
2+ -
Sn (aq) + 2 e ⇔Sn(s) E° = -0.137 V
A) 1.372 V
B) 1.707 V
C) 1.646 V
D) 1.433 V
E) -1.646 V
Answer: D
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 20-4
80) What is Ecell at 25°C of the spontaneous cell made from Ag+/Ag (0.80 V) and Cl2/Cl- (1.36 V) half
cells if [Ag+] = 10-2 and [Cl-] = 10-4 with P(Cl2) = 1.1 atm?
A) 0.65 V
B) 0.38 V
C) 0.74 V
D) 0.92 V
E) 0.20 V
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 20-4
344
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
81) Find Ecell at 25°C for the following voltaic cell:
Cu(s) ∣ Cu2+(aq) (0.10 M) Cu2+(aq) (0.85 M) ∣ Cu(s)
The half-reaction is:
Cu2+(aq) + 2 e- → Cu(s) E° = +0.377 volts
A) +0.0209 V
B) +0.0550 V
C) +0.0275 V
D) -0.0209 V
E) +0.310 V
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 20-4
83) What is the cell potential for the following cell at 25°C?
Al ∣ Al3+(0.00212 M) Sn2+(0.435 M) ∣ Sn
Al3+ + 3 e- → Al(s) E° = -1.676 V
Sn2+ + 2 e- → Sn(s E° = -0.137 V
A) 1.517 V
B) 1.668 V
C) 1.410 V
D) 1.497 V
E) 1.581 V
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 20-4
345
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
84) What is the cell potential for the following cell at 25°C?
Zn ∣ Zn2+ (0.0456 M) Cu2+(0.120 M) ∣ Cu
Cu2+ + 2 e- → Cu(s) E° = 0.340 V
Zn2+ + 2 e- → Zn(s) E° = -0.763 V
A) 1.088 V
B) 1.114 V
C) 1.106 V
D) 1.094 V
E) 1.129 V
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 20-4
86) What is the [H+] in a concentration cell at 25°C if the cell potential is 0.0451 V and cell diagram:
Pt ∣ H2 (g, 1 atm) ∣ H+ (?) H+ (1 M) ∣ H2 (g, 1 atm)
2 H+(aq) + 2 e- → H2(g) E° = 0. V
A) 0.51 M
B) 0.42 M
C) 0.030 M
D) 0.17 M
E) 5.7 M
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 20-4
346
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
87) What is Ecell at 25°C of the spontaneous cell made from the Zn2+/Zn (0.76 V) and Br2(l)/Br- (1.07
V) half cells if [Zn2+] = 10-2 and [Br-] = 10-4?
A) 0.40 V
B) 0.13 V
C) 0.61 V
D) 0.01 V
E) 0.49 V
Answer: C
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 20-4
88) For the following voltaic cell, determine the [Cl -] when PCl2 = 0.500 atm, [Zn2+] = 1.77 × 10-2 M,
and Ecell = 2.250 V. The half-reactions at 25°C are:
Cl2(g) + 2 e- → 2 Cl-(aq) E° = +1.358 V
Zn2+(aq) + 2 e- → Zn(s) E° = -0.763 V
Zn(s) ∣ Zn2+(aq) Cl-(aq), Cl2(g) ∣ Pt(s)
A) 5.48 × 10-6 M
B) 2.32 × 10-3 M
C) 0.0296 M
D) 0.0939 M
E) 0.0352 M
Answer: E
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 20-4
89) What is the Ecell for the following concentration cell at 25°C:
Pt ∣ H2 (g, 0.025 atm) ∣ H+ (0.012 M) H+ (1 M) ∣ H2 (g, 1 atm) ∣ Pt
2 H+(aq) + 2 e- → H2(g) E° = 0. V
A) -0.16 V
B) +0.066 V
C) -0.132 V
D) 0.16 V
E) -0.066 V
Answer: B
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 20-4
347
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
90) What is the Ecell for the following cell at 25°C?
Pt ∣ Sn2+ (0.233 M), Sn4+ (1.05 M) Ag+ (2.22 × 10-2 M) ∣ Ag
Ag+ + e- → Ag(s) E° = 0.800 V
Sn4+ + 2 e- → Sn2+ E° = 0.154 V
A) 0.763 V
B) 0.529 V
C) 0.412 V
D) 0.680 V
E) 0.578 V
Answer: B
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 20-4
91) Given the following half-reactions occurring in the silver-zinc hearing aid battery, calculate the
voltage at 25°C of this battery.
ZnO(s) + H2O(l) + 2 e- → Zn(s) + 2 OH- E° = -1.260 V
Ag2O(s) + H2O(l) + 2 e- → 2 Ag(s) + 2 OH- E° = +0.342 V
A) +1.602 V
B) +1.402 V
C) +0.858 V
D) -0.858 V
E) -1.602 V
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 20-5
92) Calculate the mass of I2 produced at the anode if a current of 2.85 A is passed through a solution of
KI for 56 minutes.
A) 0.42 g
B) 0.13 g
C) 13 g
D) 25 g
E) 4.3 g
Answer: C
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 20-7
93) A constant current of 10.0 A is passed through an electrolytic cell for 90.0 min. How many
Coulombs of charge are passed through the cell?
A) 0.00933
B) 0.560
C) 0.00560
D) 900
E) 15
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 20-7
348
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
94) A constant current of 15.0 A is passed through an electrolytic cell for 60.0 min. How many
Coulombs of charge are passed through the cell?
A) 0.00933
B) 0.560
C) 0.00560
D) 900
E) 15
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 20-7
95) A solution of Al(NO3)3 is electrolyzed by passing 144 A of current for 102 min. What mass of
aluminum plates out?
A) 27.4 g
B) 760 g
C) 82.1 g
D) 2.3 g
E) 75.3 g
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 20-7
96) What mass of silver can be deposited by the passage of a constant current of 5.00 A through a
AgNO3 solution for 2.00 hours?
A) 40.3 g
B) 0.0112 g
C) 0.671 g
D) 0.373 g
E) 10.06 g
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 20-7
97) What mass of aluminum can be deposited by the passage of a constant current of 5.00 A through a
Al(NO3)3 solution for 2.00 hours?
A) 3.36 g
B) 1.12 g
C) 0.0559 g
D) 0.672 g
E) 0.125 g
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 20-7
349
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
98) A solution of AgNO3 is electrolyzed by passing 144 A of current for 102 min. What mass of silver
plates out?
A) 16.4 g
B) 5.91 × 104 g
C) 985 g
D) 9.13 g
E) 6.84 g
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 20-7
99) Two cells containing solutions of AgNO3 and CuSO4, respectively, were connected in series and
electrolyzed. The cathode in the AgNO3 cell was found to gain 1.078 grams in weight. How much had
the cathode in the other cell gained?
A) 0.127 g
B) 0.6354 g
C) 3.175 g
D) 0.318 g
E) 0.254 g
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 20-7
100) 3.53 L of 0.362 M CuCl2(aq) solution are electrolyzed for 55.6 minutes with a current of 14.0-
amperes. What is [CuCl2] when the electrolysis ends?
A) 0.361 M
B) 0.328 M
C) 0.120 M
D) 0.171 M
E) 0.293 M
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 20-7
101) How long would it take to deposit 15.0 g copper metal at the cathode of an electrolysis cell running
with a current of 150 mA?
A) 42.2 h
B) 4.22 h
C) 12.7 h
D) 84.4 h
E) 19.0 h
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 20-7
350
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
102) A copper electrode weighs 35.42 g before the electrolysis of a copper (II) sulfate solution and
36.69 g after the electrolysis has run for 20.0 s. What was the amperage of the current used?
A) 2.12 A
B) 0.0335 A
C) 48.2 A
D) 96.4 A
E) 193 A
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 20-7
103) A solution of AuCl3 is electrolyzed by passing 85.0 A of current for 17.6 min. What mass of gold
plates out?
A) 61.1 g
B) 1.02 g
C) 183 g
D) 0.483 g
E) 290 g
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 20-7
Nuclear Chemistry
3) Transuraniun elements are elements with atomic numbers greater than 92.
Answer: TRUE
Diff: 2 Type: TF
Reference: Section 25-4
5) The nuclear binding energy is the energy required to separate the neutrons and protons.
Answer: TRUE
Diff: 2 Type: TF
Reference: Section 25-6
351
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
6) Radioactive nuclides that lie above the band of stability become more stable by positron emission.
Answer: FALSE
Diff: 2 Type: TF
Reference: Section 25-7
7) Odd proton, odd neutron isotopes are generally more stable than even proton, even neutron isotopes.
Answer: FALSE
Diff: 2 Type: TF
Reference: Section 25-7
352
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
10) Ion production is the way radiation causes the most damage.
Answer: FALSE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 25-10
11) Cancerous cells are more easily killed by radiation than normal cells.
Answer: TRUE
Diff: 1 Type: TF
Reference: Section 25-11
353
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
15) Identify a reaction that follows a different decay process than the rest.
A) 238 237
92 U → 89 Ac
B) 226 222
88 Ra → 86 Rn
C) 248 244
96 Cm → 94 Pu
D) 218 214
84 Po → 82 Pb
E) 222 218
86 Rn → 84 Po
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 25-1
17) When a nuclide undergoes positron emission, the change in the number of protons, neutrons, and
mass number is, respectively,
A) -1, +1, no change
B) +1, -1, no change
C) -1, +1, -1
D) +1, +1, -1
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 25-1
354
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
19) Which of the following is FALSE?
A) A β- particle is essentially an e - originating from the nucleus.
B) A β- decay results in a decrease in atomic number.
C) A β- decay is accompanied by the emission of a neutrino.
D) A β+ decay converts a proton to a neutron in the nucleus of an atom.
E) An e- capture converts a proton to a neutron in the nucleus of an atom.
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 25-1
21) Which of the following types of nuclear decay result in a decrease in nuclear charge?
I) alpha emission
II) beta emission
III) position emission
IV) electron-capture
A) I and II
B) II and IV
C) I and III
D) III and IV
E) IV only
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 25-1
22) Which of the following would have the greatest penetrating power through matter?
A) gamma rays
B) alpha particles
C) protons
D) beta particles
E) positron particles
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 25-1
355
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
23) Most periodic tables indicate the elements for which all isotopes are radioactive. Which pair of
elements with atomic number less than 83 have only radioactive isotopes?
A) Pb and At
B) Tc and Cd
C) K and Pm
D) Tc and Pm
E) C and K
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 25-2
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 25-3
25) Choose the possible products for the nuclear reaction 40Ca + 4He(alpha).
A) 43Ar + n
B) 43Sc + p
C) 43Ca + n
D) 42Ca + 2H
E) 42Ti + n
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 25-3
28) There have been two ways of making transuranium elements: heavy-atom bombardment and:
A) beta bombardment
B) gamma bombardment
C) positron bombardment
D) photon bombardment
E) neutron bombardment
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 25-4
29) In the case of radioactive element X, which decays by electron emission with a half-life of 4 days to
a stable nuclide of element Z:
A) 2 g of element X is required to produce 1.5 g of element Z after 8 days
B) element Z will weigh considerably less than element X after decay is complete because of the loss of
electrons
C) element Z will weigh more than element X when decay is complete since Z has the higher atomic
number
D) after 8 days the sample will consist of one-fourth element Z and three-fourths element X
E) after 8 days element X will be all element Z
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 25-5
357
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
31) What is the decay constant for 131I if the half-life is 8.04 d?
A) 9.98 x 10-7 s-1
B) 9.31 x 10-5 s-1
C) 3.48 x 10-6 s-1
D) 4.81 x 10-4 s-1
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 25-5
32) A nuclide has a decay constant of 4.28 × 10-4/h. If the activity of a sample is 3.14 × 105/s, how
many atoms of the nuclide are present in the sample?
A) 7.34 × 108
B) 2.64 × 1012
C) 4.84 × 105
D) 1.34 × 102
E) 2.34 × 1011
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 25-5
33) The charcoal from ashes found in a cave gave 3.34 14C counts per gram per minute. Wood from the
outer portion of a growing tree gives a comparable count of 16.0. The half-life of 14C is 5700 years.
How old are the ashes?
A) 8.93 × 103 yr
B) 6.87 × 103 yr
C) 1.29 × 104 yr
D) 1.93 × 104 yr
E) 1.90 × 104 yr
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 25-5
34) A wooden artifact is subjected to radiocarbon dating. The activity associated with its 14C content is
12 dis min-1 g-1. A sample of wood from a modern source gave 15 dis min-1 g-1. If the half-life of 14C
is 5730 y, what is the age of the artifact?
A) 1.8 x 103 y
B) 800 y
C) 1.3 x 103 y
D) 7.2 x 103 y
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 25-5
358
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
35) If the decay constant for 131I is 9.98 x 10-7 s-1, calculate the activity of a 1.00 mg sample.
A) 4.59 x 1012 atoms/s
B) 4.73 x 1012 atoms/s
C) 4.61 x 1024 atoms/s
D) 9.98 x 10-4 atoms/s
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 25-5
37) The observation that a 30 g sample of C-14 has a decay rate faster than that of a 20 g sample of C-14
would be consistent with the:
A) Half-Life Principle
B) Disintegration Rule
C) Radioactive decay law
D) Mass-Rate Principle
E) Mass-decay ratio
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 25-5
38) The half-life of 238U, which decomposes to 206Pb, is 4.51 × 109 y. A rock contains equal masses of
these two isotopes. How old is this rock?
A) 4.07 × 109 y
B) 4.06 × 109 y
C) 9.02 × 109 y
D) 4.51 × 109 y
E) 5.00 × 109 y
Answer: E
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 25-5
359
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
39) The following nuclear reaction is known to occur: 2 21H → 42 He This reaction is used in a fusion
bomb or H bomb. How many joules of energy are produced by this reaction if 33.0 g of 2H are used?
You are given the following masses: electron 0.00055 amu; proton 1.00782 amu; neutron 1.00867 amu;
2H atom 2.010410 amu; 4 He atom 4.00260 amu.
2
A) 3.82 × 10-12 J
B) 2.30 × 1012 J
C) 3.77 × 1013 J
D) 7.60 × 1013 J
E) 1.34 J
Answer: E
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 25-6
40) The masses of 42 He , 63 Li and 105 B are 4.0015, 6.0135 and 10.0102 amu, respectively. Splitting a
boron-10 nucleus to helium-4 and lithium-6 would:
A) absorb energy
B) evolve energy
C) result in no energy change
D) cannot be determined
E) boron cannot be split
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 25-6
41) On forming the nuclide from the protons, neutrons and electrons, the mass loss per nucleon for the
4 He is 0.00759 amu, whereas that for 56 Fe is 0.00944 amu. This means that:
2 26
A) 56
26 Fe undergoes nuclear fission
B) 42 He is more stable than 56
26 Fe
C) thirteen 42 He nuclei could react to form one 56
26 Fe nucleus
D) 56 4
26 Fe is more stable than 2 He
E) 42 He weighs more than 5626 Fe
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 25-6
360
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
42) Nuclear binding energy is:
I) the energy liberated when forming a nucleus
II) related to "lost" mass by the relationship 1 amu = 28.4 MeV
III) related to "lost" mass by the relationship 1 amu = 931.5 MeV
IV) the force which holds the 3 atomic particles together
A) I and II
B) I and III
C) I, II, and IV
D) I, III, and IV
E) III and IV
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 25-6
44) In the reaction 126 C + 42 He → 168 O how much energy is produced per gram of carbon used?
Masses, in unified atomic mass units are: 126 C = 12.00000, 42 He = 4.00260, = 15.99491.
Express your answer in Joules/gram of carbon.
A) 2.10 × 1019 J/g
B) 5.76 × 1010 J/g
C) 7.77 × 104 J/g
D) 2.80 × 1011 J/g
E) 3.36 × 1015 J/g
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 25-6
361
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
45) An isotope which has too high a neutron-proton ratio can gain stability by:
A) beta emission
B) K-capture
C) proton emission
D) gamma emission
E) alpha emission
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 25-7
46) Which of the following is true concerning the nuclei of stable heavier elements?
A) # 01n = # 11p
362
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
49) Which of the following nuclides is most likely to be stable?
A) 208Pb
B) 209Bi
C) 205Tl
D) 24Na
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 25-7
50) The nuclear binding energy for cobalt-59 is the energy released when:
A) 27 protons and 32 neutrons form cobalt-59
B) iron-56 and 2 protons form cobalt-59
C) 27 protons and 27 neutrons form cobalt-59
D) cobalt-58 and 1 neutron form cobalt -59
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 25-7
52) Choose the correct word to describe the nuclear stability of the following isotope. If it is radioactive,
choose the most likely mode of decay.
212Po
A) radioactive, beta
B) radioactive, fission
C) radioactive, alpha
D) radioactive, neutron
E) stable
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 25-7
363
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
53) Choose the correct word to describe the nuclear stability of the following isotope. If it is radioactive,
choose the most likely mode of decay.
197Au
A) radioactive, beta
B) radioactive, fission
C) radioactive, alpha
D) radioactive, neutron
E) stable
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 25-7
54) Choose the correct word to describe the nuclear stability of the following isotope. If it is radioactive,
choose the most likely mode of decay.
50Mn
A) radioactive, beta plus (positron)
B) radioactive, fission
C) radioactive, alpha
D) radioactive, neutron
E) stable
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 25-7
55) Choose the correct word to describe the nuclear stability of the following isotope. If it is radioactive,
choose the most likely mode of decay.
238U
A) radioactive, beta
B) radioactive, fission
C) radioactive, alpha
D) radioactive, neutron
E) stable
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 25-7
56) Choose the correct word to describe the nuclear stability of the following isotope. If it is radioactive,
choose the most likely mode of decay.
19F
A) radioactive, beta
B) radioactive, fission
C) radioactive, alpha
D) radioactive, neutron
E) stable
Answer: E
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 25-7
364
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
57) Which of the following nuclear species would require the least amount of kinetic energy to penetrate
the nucleus of a lead (Pb) atom?
A) 11H
B) 42 He
C) 21H
D) 01n
E) 23 He
Answer: D
Diff: 3 Type: MC
Reference: Section 25-7
60) What total energy is released when 0.75 grams of 235U undergo fission if each atom averages
3.2 × 10-11 J of energy released?
A) 1.45 × 1013 J
B) 6.01 × 1031 J
C) 6.15 × 1010 J
D) 6.15 × 107 J
E) 1.45 × 1010 J
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 25-8
365
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
61) Choose the INCORRECT statement.
A) Fusion is the basis of the hydrogen bomb.
B) Fusion is the splitting of a nucleus into two smaller nuclei.
C) Fusion is a reaction that occurs on the sun.
D) Fusion is not now used to produce electricity commercially.
E) Fusion can produce an almost unlimited amount of energy.
Answer: B
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 25-9
64) An employee at a chemical laboratory studying radioisotopes would wear a badge to keep a check
on the amount of radiation to which he is exposed. This radiation dosage would be measured in the unit:
A) curie
B) rad
C) rem
D) Joules
E) Joules per kilogram
Answer: C
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 25-10
366
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
65) Which of the following instruments would be least suitable for detecting particles given off in
radioactive decay?
A) electron microscope
B) bubble or cloud chamber
C) film
D) Geiger counter
E) Geiger-Müller counter
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 25-10
66) The unit of radiation which is equivalent to 0.010 J/kg of matter is the:
A) curie
B) roentgen
C) rad
D) rem
E) MeV
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 25-10
67) Radiation can be detected as it interacts with matter by the use of:
I) photographic film
II) a bubble chamber
III) Geiger-Müller counter
A) I, II, III
B) I and II
C) I and III
D) II and III
E) III only
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: MC
Reference: Section 25-10
367
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
69) Choose the INCORRECT statement.
A) Radioactive 32P as a phosphate can be used to trace the uptake of phosphorus in plants.
B) The thyroid gland can be studied by the use of radioactive iodine.
C) There is no difference in physical properties between isotopes.
D) The mechanism of a chemical reaction can be followed by a radioactive tracer such as 35S.
E) Industrial catalysts can be followed by a tracer such as 192Ir.
Answer: C
Diff: 1 Type: MC
Reference: Section 25-11
70) The type of radioactive emission with the greatest penetrating power is ________.
A) alpha
B) beta
C) gamma
D) positron
E) neutrino
Answer: C
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 25-1
71) 56
26 Fe can be prepared by electron-capture from ________.
A) 56
25 Mn
B) 56
26 Fe
C) 57
27 Co
56 Co
D) 27
E) 55
25 Mn
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 25-1
368
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
73) 8Be → 4He + ________
A) 3Be
B) 8He
C) 4He
D) 4Li
E) 12C
Answer: C
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 25-1
B) 42 He
C) 01β+
D) gamma
E) 01β-
Answer: E
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 25-1
369
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
77) When a nitrogen nucleus containing six neutrons emits a positron, the product is ________.
A) 147N
B) 146 C
C) 126 C
D) 136C
E) 13
7N
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 25-1
79) Emission of which one of the following leaves both atomic number and mass number unchanged?
A) alpha particle
B) positron
C) neutron
D) gamma radiation
E) beta ray
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 25-1
370
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
81) When 90
38 Sr undergoes positron emission, the product nucleus is ________.
90 Rb
A) 37
91Sr
B) 38
C) 90
39Y
D) 89
38 Sr
E) 89
39Y
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 25-1
82) There are three radioactive series: the thorium series, which begins with 232Th, the actinium series
which starts with 235U and the uranium series which starts with what isotope?
A) 223 Fr
B) 238U
C) 221Rn
D) 214Pb
E) 232Th
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 25-2
83) There are three radioactive series: the thorium series, which begins with 232Th, the uranium series
which starts with 238U and the actinium series which starts with what isotope?
A) 235U
B) 216Po
C) 221Rn
D) 214Pb
E) 226Ra
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 25-2
371
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
84) A certain radioactive series starts with 235 207
92 U and ends with 82 Pb . In the overall process,
________ alpha particles and ________ beta particles are emitted.
A) 7, 10
B) 7, 4
C) 8, 6
D) 14, 10
E) 7, 8
Answer: B
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 25-2
86) Alpha particle bombardment of 27Al followed by neutron emission produces ________.
A) 30P
B) 30Si
C) 31Si
D) 29P
E) 32P
Answer: A
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 25-3
87) Bombardment of 75 2
33 As by a deuteron, 1H , forms a proton and an isotope which has a mass number
of ________ and an atomic number of ________.
A) 75, 32
B) 75, 33
C) 73, 32
D) 76, 33
E) 74, 34
Answer: D
Diff: 1 Type: BI
Reference: Section 25-3
372
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
88) In the following process, what is the missing particle?
14 N + 4 He → _____ + 1P
7 2 1
A) 177 N
B) 179 F
C) 178 O
D) 189F
E) 18
8O
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 25-3
A) 177 N
B) 179 F
C) 14
7O
D) 189F
E) 18
8O
Answer: C
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 25-3
90) The charcoal from ashes found in a cave gave 7.4 14C counts per gram per minute. Wood from the
outer portion of a growing tree gives a comparable count of 15.3. The half-life of 14C is 5700 years.
How old are the ashes?
A) 5700 y
B) 5437 y
C) 3245 y
D) 9220 y
E) 5970 y
Answer: E
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 25-5
373
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
91) The initial decay rate of a nuclide is 1.77 × 1012/m. After 7.63 d, the decay rate is 1.82 × 1011/m.
What is the half-life of the isotope?
A) 139 d
B) 0.298 d
C) 0.207 d
D) 2.32 d
E) 2.50 d
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 25-5
92) If 1.0 gram of an isotope has a half-life of 15 hours, the half-life of a 0.50 gram sample of the same
isotope is ________.
A) 60 hours
B) 30 hours
C) 7.5 hours
D) 15 hours
E) 3.75 hours
Answer: D
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 25-5
93) A certain isotope has a half-life of 14.7 min. How long will it take for 24.2% of the isotope to
decay?
A) 5.88 min
B) 30.1 min
C) 4.07 min
D) 0.0131 min
E) 0.400 min
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 25-5
94) Approximately what mass of a 1.00 mg sample of 131I remains after 40.2 days? The half-life of
131I is 8.04 d.
A) 0.0313 mg
B) 0.200 mg
C) 0.0249 mg
D) 0.0156 mg
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 25-5
374
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
95) Phosphorus-32 has a half-life of 14.3 days. How many grams remain from a 10.0 gram sample after
30.0 days?
A) 2.34 g
B) 7.18 g
C) 4.64 g
D) 0.340 g
E) 3.59 g
Answer: A
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 25-5
96) A newly synthesized element is found to have a half-life of 3.82 minutes. How long after its
formation will the activity be only 10% of original activity?
A) 12.1 min
B) 6.03 min
C) 0.603 min
D) 12.7 min
E) 1.27 min
Answer: D
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 25-5
97) What is the binding energy, in amu, of 13C? Masses are: proton = 1.00728 amu, neutron = 1.00867
amu, electron = 0.00055 amu, and 13C = 13.00335 amu.
A) 0.10432 amu
B) 0.0102 amu
C) 0.10487 amu
D) 0.10817 amu
E) 0.00335 amu
Answer: A
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 25-6
98) 11 11 0 11 +
5 B decays via the reaction 4 Be → 1e + 5 B + λ
What is the maximum energy of the gamma ray produced if atomic masses are:
11B = 11.00931 amu, 11Be = 11.0216 amu, 0 e = 0.00055 amu? Please express your answer in
5 4 1
electron volts, amu = 931.5 MeV.
A) 11.4 MeV
B) 0.0118 MeV
C) 13.2 MeV
D) 12.0 MeV
E) 10.8 MeV
Answer: E
Diff: 3 Type: BI
Reference: Section 25-6
375
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
99) Complete the following fusion reaction: 21H + 31 H
A) 25 He
B) 42 He + 01n
C) 11H + 41H
D) 3 01n + 2 11H
E) 5 01n + 2 01e
Answer: B
Diff: 2 Type: BI
Reference: Section 25-9
376
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry
Match the following nuclear changes with the particle emitted.
377
General Inorganic and Physical Chemistry